Komatsu WB97 S 2 SF10001 WEBM002400 U0512
Komatsu WB97 S 2 SF10001 WEBM002400 U0512
WB97S-2
No. of page
10 STRUCTURE  AND FUNCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-1
20 TESTING  AND ADJUSTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-1
30 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30-1
40 MAINTENANCE  STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40-1
00-2
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Pages  having  no  marks  are  those  previously  revised
or made additions.
00-3
WB97S-2
Mark   Indication   Action required
C   Page to be newly
  Add
c   Page to be replaced
  Replace
(   )   Page to be delete
  Discard
LIST OF  REVISED  PAGES
The affected pages are indicated by the use of the
following marks. It is requested that necessary ac-
tions  be  taken  to  these  pages  according  to  table
below.
Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
00-1
00-2
00-3
00-4
00-5
00-6
00-7
00-8
00-9
00-10
00-11
00-12
00-13
00-14
00-15
00-16
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-9
10-10
10-11
10-12
10-13
10-14
10-15
10-16
10-17
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-22
10-23
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-27
10-28
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
10-34
10-35
10-36
10-37
10-38
10-39
10-40
10-41
10-42
10-43
10-44
10-45
10-46
10-47
10-48
10-49
10-50
10-51
10-52
10-53
10-54
10-55
10-56
10-57
10-58
10-59
10-60
10-61
10-62
10-63
10-64
10-65
10-66
10-67
10-68
10-69
10-70
10-71
10-72
10-73
10-74
10-75
10-76
10-77
10-78
10-79
10-80
10-81
10-82
10-83
10-84
10-85
10-86
10-87
10-88
10-89
10-90
10-91
10-92
10-93
10-94
10-95
10-96
10-97
10-98
20-1
20-2
20-3
20-4
20-5
20-6
20-7
20-8
20-9
20-10
20-11
20-12
20-13
20-14
20-15
20-16
20-17
20-18
20-19
20-20
20-21
20-22
20-23
20-24
20-25
20-26
20-27
20-28
20-29
20-30
20-31
20-32
20-33
20-34
20-35
20-36
20-37
20-38
20-39
20-40
20-41
20-42
20-43
20-44
20-45
20-46
20-47
20-48
20-49
20-50
20-51
20-52
20-53
20-54
20-55
20-56
30-1
30-2
30-3
30-4
30-5
30-6
30-7
30-8
30-9
30-10
30-11
30-12
30-13
30-14
30-15
30-16
30-17
30-18
30-19
30-20
30-21
30-22
30-23
30-24
30-25
30-26
30-27
30-28
30-29
30-30
30-31
30-32
00-4
  WB97S-2
Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
  Mark   Page
  Time of
revision
30-33
30-34
30-35
30-36
30-37
30-38
30-39
30-40
30-41
30-42
30-43
30-44
30-45
30-46
30-47
30-48
30-49
30-50
30-51
30-52
30-53
30-54
30-55
30-56
30-57
30-58
30-59
30-60
30-61
30-62
30-63
30-64
30-65
30-66
30-67
30-68
30-69
30-70
30-71
30-72
30-73
30-74
30-75
30-76
30-77
30-78
30-79
30-80
30-81
30-82
30-83
30-84
30-85
30-86
30-87
30-88
30-89
30-90
30-91
30-92
30-93
30-94
30-95
30-96
30-97
30-98
30-99
30-100
30-101
30-102
40-1
40-2
40-3
40-4
40-5
40-6
40-7
40-8
40-9
40-10
40-11
40-12
40-13
40-14
40-15
40-16
40-17
40-18
40-19
40-20
40-21
40-22
40-23
40-24
40-25
40-26
40-27
40-28
40-29
40-30
40-31
40-32
40-33
40-34
40-35
40-36
40-37
40-38
40-39
40-40
40-41
40-42
40-43
40-44
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
Mistakes in operation extremely dangerous.
Read all the Operation and Maintenance Manual care-
fully BEFORE operating the  machine.
1.   Before carrying  out  any greasing or repairs,  read
all   the  precautions  written  on  the  decals  which
are suck on the machine.
2.   When carrying out any operation, always wear sa-
fety  shoes  and  helmet.   Do  not   wear   loose  work
clothes, or clothes with buttons  missing.
.   Always  wear  safety  glasses  when  hitting  parts
with a hammer.
.   Always   wear   safety   glasses   when   grinding
parts with a grinder, etc.
3.   If welding repairs are needed, always have a trai-
ned,   experienced   welder   carry   out   the   work.
When   carrying   out   welding   work,   always   wear
welding gloves, apron, glasses, cap and other clo-
thes suited for welding work.
4.   When carrying out any operation with two or more
workers, always agree on the operating procedure
before starting. Always inform your fellow workers
before  starting  any  step  of  the  operation.   Before
starting   work,   hang   UNDER  REPAIR  signs   on
the controls in the operator's compartment.
5.   Keep all tools in good condition and learn the cor-
rect way to use them.
6.   Decide  a  place  in  the  repair   workshop  to  keep
tools  and  removed  parts.   Always  keep  the  tools
and  parts   in  their   correct   places.   Always   keep
the  work  area  clean  and  make  sure  that  there  is
no dirt or oil on the floor.
Smoke  only  in  the  areas  provided  for   smoking.
Never smoke while working.
PREPARATIONS FOR WORK
7.   Before adding or making any repairs, park the ma-
chine on hard, level ground, and block the wheels
to prevent the machine from moving.
8.   Before  starting  work,   lower   outrigger,   bucket   or
any  other   work  equipment   to  the  ground.   If   this
is  not   possible,   use  blocks  to  prevent   the  work
equipment from falling down. In addition, be sure
to  lock  all   the  control   levers  and  hang  warning
sign on them.
9.   When  disassembling  or  assembling,   support   the
machine with blocks, jacks or stands before star-
ting work.
10.   Remove  all   mud  and  oil   from  the  steps  or  other
places used to get on and off the machine. Always
use  the  handrails,  ladders  or  steps  when  getting
on or off the machine.
Never jump on or off the machine.
If it is impossible to use the  handrails, ladders or
steps, use a stand to provide safe footing.
PRECAUTIONS DURING WORK
11.   When removing the oil filler cap, drain plug or hy-
draulic  pressure  measuring  plugs,   loosen  them
slowly to prevent the oil from spurting out.
Before disconnecting or removing components of
the  hydraulic  circuit   and  engine  cooling  circuit,
first remove the pressure completely from the cir-
cuit.
12.   The water and oil in the circuits are not hot when
the  engine  in  stopped,   so  be  careful   not   to  get
burned.
Wait   for  the  oil   water  to  cool   before  carrying  out
any work on the cooling water circuits.
00-5
WB97S-2
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
Proper service and repair is extremely important for the safe operation of your machine.
The  service  and  repair  techniques  recommended  by  Komatsu  Utility  and  describe  in  this  manual   are
both effective and safe methods of operation. Some of these operations require the use of tools specially
designed by Komatsu Utility for the purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbols   and   are used to mark safety precautions in this ma-
nual. The cautions accompanying these symbols should always be carefully followed. If any danger ari-
ses or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take necessary steps to face.
SAFETY
13.   Before  starting  work,   remove  the  leads  from  the
battery. Always remove the lead from the negative
(  ) terminal first.
14.   When  raising  heavy  components,   use  a  hoist   or
crane. Check that the wire rope, chains and hooks
are free from damage.
Always use lifting equipment which has ample ca-
pacity.  Install   the  lifting  equipment  at  the  correct
places.
Use a hoist or crane and operate slowly to prevent
the component from hitting any other part.
Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist
or crane.
15.   When  removing  covers  which  are  under  internal
pressure or under pressure from a spring, always
leave   two   bolts   in   position   on   opposite   sides.
Slowly  release  the  pressure,   then  slowly  loosen
the bolts to remove.
16.   When  removing  components,   be  careful   not   to
break or damage the wiring.
Damage wiring may cause electrical fires.
17.   When  removing  piping,   stop  the  fuel   or   oil   from
spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips on to the floor,
wipe it up immediately.
Fuel   or  oil   on  the  floor  can  cause  you  to  slip,   or
can even start fires.
18.   As  a  general   rule,   do  not   use  gasoline  to  wash
parts. In particular, use only the minimum of gaso-
line when washing electrical  parts.
19.   Be  sure to assemble all parts again  in their origi-
nal   places.   Replace  any  damage  parts  with  new
parts.
.   When  installing  hoses  and  wires,  be  sure  that
they will not be damaged by contact with other
parts when the machine is being operated.
20.   When  installing  high  pressure  hoses,  make  sure
that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are dan-
gerous,   so  be  extremely  careful   when  installing
tubes  for  high  pressure  circuits.  Also,  check  that
connecting  parts are correctly tightened.
21.   When  assembling  or  installing  parts,  always  use
specified  tightening torques.
When installing the parts which vibrate violently or
rotate   at   high   speed,   be   particulary   careful   to
check that they are correctly installed.
22.   When aligning two holes, never insert your fingers
or hand.
23.   When  measuring  hydraulic  pressure,   check  that
the  measuring  tool  is  correctly  assembled  before
taking any measurement.
24.   Take sure when removing or installing tracks of in
particular   rubber   tracks.   When   removing   the
track,  the  track  separates  suddenly,  so  never  let
anyone stand at either end of the wheel.
00-6
  WB97S-2
00-7
WB97S-2
FOREWORD
This shop manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the operator an ac-
curate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform repairs and make judgements.
Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This  shop  manual   mainly  contains  the  necessary  technical   information  for  operations  performed  in  a  service
workshop.
The manual is divided into chapters on each main group of components; these chapters are further divided into
the following sections.
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an understan-
ding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
TESTING AND ADJUSTING
This sections explains checks to be made before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments to be
made at completion of the checks and repairs.
Troubleshooting charts correlating Problems to Causes are also included in this section.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This  section  explains  the  order  to  be  followed  when  removing,   installing,   disassembling  or  assembling
each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting  disassembled parts.
NOTICE
The  specifications  contained  in this  shop  manual  are subject  to  change  at  any  time  and without  any
notice.
Contact your Komatsu Utility distributor  for the latest information.
VOLUMES
Shop manual are issued as a guide to carry out re-
pairs.   These  various  volumes  are  designed  to  avoid
duplicating the  same information.
DISTRIBUTION  AND UPDATING
Any  additions,   amendments  or  other  changes  will
be sent to Komatsu Utility distributors.
Get   the  most   up-to-date  information  before  you  start
any work.
FILING  METHOD
1.   See the page number on the bottom of the page.
File the pages in correct order.
2.   Following examples show you how to read the pa-
ge number.
Example
3.   Additional   pages:   additional   pages  are  indicated
by  a  hyphen  (-)  and  number  after  the  page  num-
ber.
Fle as in the example.
Example:
10-4
10-4-1
10-4-2
10-5
]  Added pages
REVISED EDITION  MARK
(1 2 3 ....)
When a manual is revised, an edition mark is recor-
ded on the bottom outside corner of the pages.
REVISIONS
Revised  pages  are  shown  on  the  LIST  OF  REVI-
SED PAGES between the title page and SAFETY pa-
ge.
SYMBOLS
In order to make the shop manual greatly chelpful,
important  points  about  safety  and  quality  are  marked
with the following symbols.
Symbol   Item   Remarks
Safety
Special safety precautions are ne-
cessary   when   performing   the
work.
Extra   special   safety   precautions
are   necessary   when   performing
the work because it is under inter-
nal pressure.
Caution
Special   technical   precautions   or
other   precautions   for   preserving
standards   are   necessary   when
performing  the work.
Weight
Weight of parts or systems.
Caution necessary when selecting
hoisting wire, or when working po-
sture is important,  etc.
Tightening
torque
Parts that require special attention
for the tightening torque during as-
sembly.
Coat
  Parts to be coated with adhesives
and lubricants  etc.
Oil, water
  Places   where   oil,   water   or   fuel
must be added, and their quantity.
Drain
Places where oil or water must be
drained,   and  quantity  to  be  drai-
ned.
HOW  TO READ  THE SHOP MANUAL
HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL
00-8
  WB97S-2
Item number (10. Structure  and
Function)
Consecutive page number for each
item.
10  -  3
Heavy parts (25 kg or more) must be lifted
with  a  hoist  etc.  In  the  Disassembly  and  As-
sembly  section,  every  part  weighing  25  kg  or
more is clearly indicated with the symbol
1.   If   a  part   cannot   be  smoothly  removed  from  the
machine by hoisting, the following checks should
be made:
.   Check for removal of all bolts fastening the part
to the relative parts.
.   Check  for   any  part   causing  interference  with
the part to be removed.
2. Wire ropes
1)  Use  adequate  ropes  depending  on  the  weight
of parts to be hoisted, referring to the table be-
low:
WIRE ROPES
(Standard S or Z twist ropes
without galvanizing)
Rope diameter (mm)   Allowable load (tons)
10
11.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
30
40
50
60
1.0
1.4
1.6
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.4
5.6
10.0
18.0
28.0
40.0
The  allowable  load  value  is   estimated  to  be
one-sixth   or   one-seventh   of   the   breaking
strength of the rope used.
2)  Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of the
hook.  Slinging  near  the  edge  of  the  hook  may
cause the rope to slip off the hook during hoist-
ing, and a serious accident can result.
Hooks  have  maximum  strength  at   the  middle
portion.
3)  Do not sling a heavy load with one rope alone,
but sling with two or more ropes symmetrically
wound on to the load.
Slinging with one rope may cause turning of
the load during hoisting, untwisting of the ro-
pe,   or  slipping  of   the  rope  from  its  original
winding position on the load, which can cau-
se dangerous accidents.
4)  Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming a
wide hanging angle from the hook.
When  hoisting  a  load  with  two  or  more  ropes,
the  force  subjected  to  each  rope  will   increase
with the hanging angles.
The  table  below  shows  the  variation  of  allowa-
ble load (kg) when hoisting is made with two ro-
pes,   each  of   which  is  allowed  to  sling  up  to
1000 kg vertically, at various handing angles.
When  two  ropes  sling  a  load  vertically,   up  to
2000 kg of total weight can be suspended.
This  weight becomes  1000 kg  when  two ropes
make a 120 hanging angle.
On  the  other  hand,  two  ropes  are  subjected  to
an  excessive  force  as  large  as  4000  kg  if  they
sling a 2000 kg load at a lifting angle of 150.
HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
00-9
WB97S-2
STANDARD  TIGHTENING TORQUE
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE
00-10
  WB97S-2
The following charts give the standard tightening torques of bolts and nuts. Exceptions are given in sections of Di-
sassembly and Assembly.
1. STANDARD TIGHTENING  TORQUE  OF BOLTS AND NUT
Thread diameter
of bolts
(mm)
Pitch of
bolts
(mm)
Width across flat
(mm)
kgm   Nm   kgm   Nm
6
8
10
12
14
1
1.25
1.5
1.75
2
10
13
17
19
22
5
6
8
10
12
0.96w0.1
2.3w0.2
4.6w0.5
7.8w0.8
12.5w1
9.5w1
23w2
45w4.9
77w8
122w13
1.3w0.15
3.2w0.3
6.5w0.6
11w1
17.5w2
13.5w1.5
32.2w3.5
63w6.5
108w11
172w18
16
18
20
22
24
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
24
27
30
32
36
14
14
17
17
19
19.5w2
27w3
38w4
52w6
66w7
191w21
262w28
372w40
511w57
644w70
27w3
37w4
53w6
73w8
92w10
268w29
366w36
524w57
719w80
905w98
27
30
33
36
39
3
3.5
3.5
4
4
41
46
50
55
60
19
22
24
27
96w10
131w14
177w20
230w25
295w33
945w100
1287w140
1740w200
2250w250
2900w330
135w15
184w20
250w27
320w35
410w45
1329w140
1810w190
2455w270
3150w350
4050w450
This torque table does not apply to bolts or nuts which have to fasten nylon or other parts non-ferrous metal washer.
. Nm (Newton meter):   1 Nm = 0.102 kgm
STANDARD  TIGHTENING TORQUE
00-11
WB97S-2
Superficie di tenuta Sealing surface
2. TIGHTENING TORQUE  FOR  NUTS  OF FLARED
Use these torques for nut part of flared.
Thread diameter
of nut part
(mm)
Width across flats
of nut part
(mm)
TIGHTENING  TORQUE
kgm   Nm
1/2" - 20
9/16" - 18
3/4" - 16
7/8" - 14
1.
1
/16
"
- 12
1.
5
/16
"
- 12
1.
5
/8
"
- 12
22
33
17
17
22
27
32
38
50
27
41
2.6w0.5
4w0.5
6.7w2
8w2
9.7w3
17w3
20w5
8w2
20w5
25.5w4.9
39.2w4.9
65.7w19.6
78.5w19.6
95.15w29.4
166.7w29.4
196.2w49
78.5w19.6
196.2w49
Thread diameter
of nut part
(mm)
Width across flats
of nut part
(mm)
TIGHTENING  TORQUE
kgm   Nm
9/16" - 18
11/16" - 16
13/16" - 16
1" - 14
1.
3
/16
"
- 12
1.
7
/16
"
- 12
1.
11
/16
"
- 12
2" - 12
17
22
24
30
36
41
50
57
2.3  2.5
3.4  3.9
5.2  5.8
8.2  9.2
12.2  13.3
15.3  17.3
18.4  20.4
20.4  24.4
23  25
33  38
51  57
80  90
120 130
150 170
180 200
200 240
00-12
  WB97S-2
COATING MATERIALS
The recommended coating materials prescribed in Komatsu Utility Shop Manuals are listed below:
Nomenclature   Code   Applications
Adhesives
ASL800010   Used  to apply rubber  pads, rubber  gaskets and cork plugs.
ASL800020
  Used  to  apply  resin,  rubber,  metallic  and  non-metallic  parts  when  a  fast,  strong
seal is needed.
Loctite 222   Used  for low resistance locking  of screws, check nuts and adjustment  nuts.
Loctite 242
To prevent the loosening of bolts, nuts and plugs and the leakage of oil. Used for
medium resistance locking of screws and nuts of every type, and for locking keys
and bearings.
Loctite 262   Used for high resistant of threaded parts that can be removed with normal tools.
Loctite 270   Used for high resistant locking and for sealing threaded parts, bolts and stud bolts.
Loctite 542   Used  for sealing the union threads  for hydraulic tubes.
Loctite 573
  Used  for  sealing  rather  exact  plane  surfaces  when  the  option  of  possible  future
dismantling  is required.
Loctite 601
  Used  for  high  resistant  locking  of  mechanical   components  that  can  be  removed
only after heating
Loctite 675
  Used to lock cylindrical couplings and for the permanent locking of threaded parts,
and also to lock shafts to bearings, gears, pulleys, pins, bushings, etc.
Gasket sealant
ASL800060
  Used by itself to seal grease fittings, tapered screw fittings and tapered screw fit-
tings  in hydraulic circuits of less than 50 mm in diameter.
Loctite 510
  Used  by itself on mounting flat surface
(Clearance between  surfaces within  0.2 mm)
Loctite 518
  Used  by itself on mounting flat surface
(Clearance between  surfaces within  0.5 mm)
Antifriction  compound
(Lubricant including
Molybdenum  disulfide)
ASL800040
  Applied  to  bearings  and  taper  shaft  to  facilitate  press-fitting  and  to  prevent  stic-
king,  burning  or rusting.
Grease
(Lithium grease)
  ASL800050
  Applied to bearings, sliding parts and oil seals for lubrication, rust prevention and
facilitation  of assembling  work.
Vaseline      Used  for protecting battery electrode  terminals from corrosion.
ELECTRIC  WIRE  CODE
ELECTRIC  WIRE CODE
00-13
WB97S-2
ELECTRIC
n the wiring diagrams various colours and symbols are employed to indicate the thickness of wires.
This wire code table will help you understand  WIRING DIAGRAMS.
Example:   R -N 1.5 indicates  a cable having a nominal number 1.5 and red coating with black stripe.
CLASSIFICATION BY  THICKNESS
Nominal
number
Copper wire
Cable O.D.
(mm)
Current  rating
(A)
Number
strands
 of strands
(mm)
Cross section
(mm
2
)
1   14   0.30   0.99   2.80   11
1.5   21   0.30   1.48   3.32   14
2.5   35   0.30   2.47   3.80   20
4   56   0.30   3.95   4.60   28
6   84   0.30   5.93   5.20   37
10   84   0.40   10.55   7.10   53
50   399   0.40   50.11   14.00   160
CLASSIFICATION BY  COLOUR  AND  CODE
Primary   Auxiliary
Code   A   A-B      A-G      A-N   A/N   A-R   A/R   A-V   A/V
Colour   Light blue   Light blue - White   Light blue - Yellow   Light blue  - Black   Light blue - Red   Light blue - Green
Code   B   B-G      B-N   B/N   B-R   B/R      B/V      
Colour   White   White - Yellow   White  - Black   White - Red   White - Green   
Code   C   C-B   C/B   C-L      C-N               
Colour   Orange   Orange  - White   Orange  - Blue   Orange - Black      
Code   G   G-N   G/N   G-R      G-V               
Colour   Yellow   Yellow - Black   Yellow - Red   Yellow - Green      
Code   H   H-L      H-N   H/N   H-R               
Colour   Gray   Gray - Blue   Gray - Black   Gray - Pink      
Code   L   L-B   L/B      L/N   L-G               
Colour   Blue   Blue - White   Blue - Black   Blue - Yellow      
Code   M   M-B      M-N   M/N   M-V               
Colour   Brown   Brown - White   Brown - Black   Brown - Green      
Code   N                              
Colour   Black               
Code   R   R-G      R-N   R/N   R-V               
Colour   Red   Red - Yellow   Red  - Black   Red - Green      
Code   S   S-N      S-G                     
Colour   Pink   Pink - Black   Pink - Yellow         
Code   V   V-B      V-N   V/N                  
Colour   Green   Green - White   Green - Black         
Code   Z   Z-B   Z/B   Z-N   Z/N                  
Colour   Violet   Violet - White   Violet - Black         
COMPOSITION  OF THE COLOURS
The coloration of two-colour  wires is indicated by the composition  of the symbols listed.
Example:   G-V =  Yellow-Green with longitudinal colouring.
G/V = Yellow-Green with transversal colouring.
WEIGHT TABLE
00-14
  WB97S-2
This weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling components.
Unit: kg
Machine model   WB97S-2
From serial no.   97SF10001-
Engine assembly - Muffler  - Exhaust pipe   410
Radiator - exchanger   37
Hydraulic tank (without  hydraulic oil)   77
Fuel tank (without  fuel)   73
Front counterweight   300
Engine hood   27
Cab (without seat)   595
Seat   34
Engine - gear-box - pump group   740
Piston pump   38
Transmission   230
Front axle   530
Rear axle   540
Front wheel
Rear wheel
163
163
2-spool control valve   24
3-spool control valve   30
Front work equipment assy.:
.   Boom
.   Shovel
.   Fulcrum lever
.   Tilt lever
.   Raise cylinder
.   Tilt cylinder
960
370
427
13x4
48x2
40x2
45x2
Backhoe
Work equipment assy.:
.   with standard arm
.   with long arm
.   with jig arm
850
885
1030
Boom   323
Arm   213
Long arm   245
Boom swing bracket   133
Backframe   237
6-spool control valve   47
7-spool control valve   53
8-spool control valve   59
Jig arm   392
Outriggers   57
Boom cylinder   78
Arm cylinder   69
Bucket cylinder   49
Outrigger cylinder   42
Swing cylinder   30
Standard bucket   156
TABLE OF OIL AND COOLANT QUANTITIES
00-15
WB97S-2
RESERVOIR
  KIND OF
FLUID
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE   CAPACITY ( <)
20   10   0   10   20   30C
Specified   Refill
Crankcase sump
  OIL
.   API CD
  8.6   8.6
Hydraulic circuit
  OIL
.   API CD
  150   92
Front axle
.   differential
OIL
.   UTTO FLUID
10.5   10.5
.   final red. gear
(each)
  1.3   1.3
Rear axle:
.   differential
  9   9
.   final red. gear
(each)
  1.3   1.3
Hydraulic
transmission
OIL
.   GM DEXRON
t
II D
(DEXRON
t
is  a  registe-
red trademark of General
Motors Corporation)
19   16
Braking
system
  0.8   0.8
Fuel tank
  DIESEL OIL   130   
Engine coolant
system
WATER+
ANTI-FREEZE
  18   
WATER   18   
PERMANENT
LIQUID
  18   
]  ASTM D975 N. 1
ASTM: America Society of Testing and Materials
SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
API: American Petroleum Institute
MIL: USA Military Specification
CCMC: Common Market Constructors Committe
First filling quantity: total quantity of oil, including the oil for the components and pipes.
Oil  change  quantity:  quantity  of  oil necessary  to fill  the  system  or unit  during  the  normal  inspection  and  mainte-
nance operations.
SAE 10W
SAE  20W-20
SAE  30
SAE  40
SAE 10W-30
SAE 10W-30
]
ASTM D975 N. 2
00-16
  WB97S-2
NOTE:
(1)   When the diesel oil sulphur content is less then 0.5%, change the engine oil according to the periodic mainte-
nance intervals indicated in the operation and maintenance manual. In the diesel oil sulphur content exceeds
0.5% change the engine oil according  to the following table:
Sulphur  content   Engine oil change interval
from 0.5 to 1.0%   1/2 of regular interval
over 1.0%   1/4 of regular interval
(2)   When starting the engine at temperatures below 0 C, use engine oil SAE 10W, 20W-20 and 10W-30, even if
during the day the temperature increases by 10 C.
(3)   Use engine oil with CD classification; if oil with CD classification is used, reduce the engine oil change interval
by a half.
(4)   Use original products, which have characteristics specifically formulated and approved for the engine, the hy-
draulic circuit of equipment and for reductions.
10-1
WB97S-2
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Power train  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Drive shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
Control valve block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rear axle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering system (4WS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Shovel control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Backhoe control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
CLSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Solenoid valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Safety valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Brake pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Shovel cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Backhoe cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Air-conditioning  unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
How the air-conditioning  unit functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Electrical circuit diagram (1/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Electrical circuit diagram (2/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Electrical circuit diagram (3/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Electrical circuit diagram (4/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Electrical circuit diagram (5/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Electrical circuit diagram (6/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Electrical circuit diagram (7/7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
DESCRIPTION
.   The  driving  power  for  the  engine  (1)  is  transmitted
through the flywheel to the converter (2).
The  converter  (2)  uses  hydraulic  oil   to  convert  the
torque transmitted by the engine (1) into driving po-
wer. The converter (2) transmits motion to the drive
shaft  of  the  transmission  (3)  and  to  the  drive  shaft
of the hydraulic pump (4).
.   The  transmission  (3)   has  two  hydraulically-activa-
ted  clutches  that  can  be  selected  by  an  electrical-
ly-controlled gear selector. It also has manual gear
selection   (four   forward   gears   and   four   reverse
gears).
.   The driving power is transmitted from the transmis-
sion  flanges  (3)   to  the  front   (5)   and  rear  (6)   axles
through the Cardan drive  shafts (7 and 8).
.   The  driving  power  transmitted  to  the  front   (5)   and
rear   (6)   axles  is  reduced  by  the  differentials  and
then  transmitted  to  the  planetary  gear  through  the
differential shafts.
POWER TRAIN
10-2
  WB97S-2
RKZ04450
1   2
3   4
5
  6
8
7
Gears   Transmission   Differential   Planetary   Total
1
st
gear   4.374
2.75   6.923
83.273
2
nd
gear   2.436   46.377
3
rd
gear   1.232   23.455
4
th
gear   0.651   12.394
10-3
WB97S-2
4
10
RKZ04460
6
9
8
7
5
2
3
1
1.   Diesel engine
2.   Convertor
3.   Transmission
4.   Hydraulic  pump
5.   Front axle
6.   Rear axle
7.   Front Cardan drive shaft
8.   Rear Cardan drive shaft
9.   Rear wheels
10.   Front wheels
Diagram  of the power  train
1.   Engine
2.   Convertor
3.   Transmission
4.   Hydraulic  pump
5.   Rear flange
6.   Front flange
TRANSMISSION
10-4
  WB97S-2
RKZ04470
1
2
3
4
6
5
Z=37
Z=27
Z=27   Z=37
Z=58
Z=17
Z=51
Z=59
Z=41
Z=30
Z=58
Z=44 Z=30
Z=45
1.   1
st
gear antishock valve
2.   1
st
gear filling pressure sensor (C08)
3.   1
st
gear clutch solenoid valve (C23)
4.   3
rd
gear filling pressure sensor (C10)
5.   3
rd
gear antishock valve
6.   3
rd
gear clutch solenoid valve (C25)
7.   Forward clutch proportional solenoid valve (C22)
8.   Reverse clutch proportional solenoid valve (C21)
9.   4
th
gear filling pressure sensor (C11)
10.   4
th
gear clutch solenoid valve (C26)
11.   4WD disengagement clutch solenoid valve (C27)
12.   2
nd
gear filling  pressure sensor (C09)
13.   2
nd
gear antishock valve
14.   2
nd
gear clutch solenoid valve (C24)
15.   Oil pressure sensor (alarm) (C07)
16.   Control valve group
17.   Delivery filter (10 mm)
18.   Check valve: set 23  26 bar
19.   Plug
20.   By-pass filter valve: set 3.45 bar
21.   Pressure control
22.   Pump
23.   Engine
24.   Suction filter (250 mm)
25.   Convertor pressurization valve: set 5.5 bar
26.   Convertor
27.   Exchange
28.   Transmission oil temperature sensor
Hydraulic  Convertor-Transmission Circuit Diagram
10-5
WB97S-2
RKZ03030
13
12
  11
10
8
7
6
3
1 2
4
5
28
26
  27
23
23
  23
24
25
21
  20
17
16
15
14
  18
  19
 3
,
5
Albero lato posteriore
Albero conduttore
Albero comando
trasmissione
9
Rear shaft
Drive  shaft
Transmission shaft
a.   From the oil cooler
b.   To the oil cooler
c.   To the solenoid valve group ST1 (Port P)
d.   From the solenoid valve group ST1 (Port T)
1.   Control valve group
2.   Convertor
3.   Filter
4.   Plug
5.   Plug
6.   Suction filter
7.   Oil temperature sensor (C16)
8.   4
th
gear filling pressure sensor (C11)
9.   1
st
gear   filling pressure sensor (C08)
10.   Speedmeter sensor (C02)
11.   3
rd
gear filling pressure sensor (C10)
12.   2
nd
gear filling  pressure sensor (C09)
TRANSMISSION
Views
10-6
  WB97S-2
RKZ04250
Vista X
A
7
A
1   2
8
X
3
B
12
11
10
B
6
5 9
a
b   c
d
4
View X
1.   Hydraulic  pump drive shaft
2.   Propeller shaft
3.   Reverse gears idler shaft
4.   Drive shaft
5.   Driven shaft
6.   Flange
7.   Rear output shaft
8.   Front output shaft
9.   4WD engagement device
10.   Flange
10-7
WB97S-2
RKZ04270
1
2   3
4
5
7
  6
9
Sezione A - A
10
8
Section AA
Drive  shaft for forward and reverse  movement
Drive  shaft
DRIVE SHAFTS
10-8
  WB97S-2
RKZ03070
1
a
5
2
b   c
3 4
6
RKZ03090
1
a
2
3
5
4
a.   Port commanding reverse clutch
b.   Port commanding forward clutch
c.   Lubrication port
1.   Reverse gear clutch (Z=37)
2.   Forward gear clutch (Z=37)
3.   Reverse clutch piston
4.   Forward clutch piston
5.   Thrust ring
6.   Driven shaft
a.   Drive gear for 2
nd
gear
1.   Drive gear 3
rd
gear (Z=45)
2.   Drive gear 2
nd
gear (Z=30)
3.   Drive gear 4
th
gear (Z=58)
4.   Drive gear 1
st
gear (Z=17)
5.   Control piston 2
nd
gear
Driven gear  shaft
Front  shaft and 4WD
10-9
WB97S-2
RKZ04280
1
a
c
6
8
b
2
3
4
5
7
9
RKZ04290
1
6
a
2
  3
5
  4
a.   Port commanding 4
th
gear
b.   Port commanding 3
rd
gear
c.   Port commanding 1
st
gear
1.   Driven gear for 3
rd
gear (Z=44)
2.   Driven gear for 2
nd
gear (Z=58)
3.   Driven gear for 4
th
gear (Z=30)
4.   Drive gear for 4WD (Z=51)
5.   Driven gear for 1
st
gear (Z=59)
6.   Control piston 1
st
gear
7.   Control piston 4
th
gear
8.   Control piston 3
rd
gear
9.   Speedmeter disc
a.   4WD disengagement command port
1.   Front output shaft
2.   4WD disengagement command piston
3.   4WD driven gear
4.   Rear output shaft
5.   Piston (No. 3)
6.   Spring
CONTROL VALVE BLOCK
10-10
  WB97S-2
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
1.   C24 -   2
nd
gear clutch solenoid valve
2.   C27 -   4WD disengagement clutch solenoid valve
3.   C26 -   4
th
gear clutch solenoid valve
4.   C21 -   Reverse clutch proportional solenoid valve
5.   C22 -   Forward clutch proportional solenoid valve
6.   C25 -   3
rd
gear clutch solenoid valve
7.   C23 -   1
st
gear clutch solenoid valve
8.   C07 -   Oil pressure sensor (alarm)
CHECK POINT
a.   2
nd
gear pressure
b.   Torque converter pressure
c.   4WD disengagement pressure
d.   4
th
gear pressure
e.   General oil clucth pressure
f.   Reverse clucth pressure
g.   Forward clucth pressure
h.   3
rd
gear pressure
l.   1
st
gear pressure
RKZ03100
b
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8
e   f
  g
a   c   d   h   l
10-11
WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
1.   Planetary gear
2.   Ring bevel gear (Z=31)
3.   Bevel gear
4.   Lock nut
5.   Half-axle
6.   Pin
7.   Differential housing
8.   Spacer
9.   Bearing
10.   Seal
11.   Flange
12.   Lock nut
13.   Bearing
14.   Bevel pinion (Z=13)
15.   Pin
16.   Oil drain plug
FRONT AXLE
Differential
10-12
  WB97S-2
RKZ04260
2
1
3
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
1.   Planetary carrier
2.   Planetary
3.   Ring gear
4.   Ring gear carrier
5.   Wheel hub
6.   Seal
7.   Pin
8.   Shim
9.   Protection
10.   Bushing
11.   Seal
12.   Axle body
13.   Bearing
14.   Joint
15.   Pin
16.   Protection
17.   Seal
18.   Bearing
19.   Snap ring
20.   Steady pin
21.   Stud bolt
22.   Plug
Final reduction-Joint
10-13
WB97S-2
RKZ04300
2
3
21   4   5
6
9
8
10
11
7
12
13
14
14
16 17 18 19 20
22
1
1.   Steady pin
2.   Oil refilling plug
3.   Oil drain plug
4.   Nut
5.   Adjustment  screw
6.   Nut
7.   Bushing
8.   Bushing
Port a   -   From the steering unit (Port L)
Port b   -   From the steering unit (Port R)
Steering  cylinder
10-14
  WB97S-2
RKZ04380
A
7
8
A
A
a b
B
B
4
Sezione A - A
1
2   3
5
6
Particolare  A Sezione B - B
Section AA   Section BB   Detail A
1.   Bearing
2.   Planetary gear
3.   Bevel gear
4.   Ring bevel gear
5.   Differential housing
6.   Lock nut
7.   Half-axle
8.   Pin
9.   Bearing
10.   Lock nut
11.   Seal
12.   Flange
13.   Spacer
14.   Bevel pinion (Z=13)
15.   Differential housing
16.   Friction  disc
17.   Steel disc
REAR AXLE
Differential
10-15
WB97S-2
RKZ04400
1   2   3 4   5   6
7 7
8
9
10
12
  11
13
14
15   17 16
1.   Support
2.   Planetary gear
3.   Crown
4.   Support
5.   Hub
6.   Gasket
7.   Pin
8.   Washer
9.   Protection
10.   Bushing
11.   Gasket
12.   Axle body
13.   Bearing
14.   Joint
15.   Pin
16.   Protection
17.   Gasket
18.   Bearing
19.   Ring
20.   Centering pin
21.   Stud
22.   Plug
Final Reduction
10-16
  WB97S-2
RKZ04410
2
3
21   4   5
6   9 8
10
11
12
13
14
14
16 17 18 19 20
22
1
7
1.   Spring
2.   Bushing
3.   Parking brake control rod
4.   Bleeder valve
5.   Parking brake lever
6.   Parking brake control cam
7.   Brake disk
8.   Bushing
9.   Service brake piston
10.   Pressure disk
11.   Center reaction plate
12.   Spacer
Brakes
10-17
WB97S-2
RKZ04420
2
3   1
A
4   5
6
  10   11   7
12   8
9
Particolare  A
Detail A
1. Steering cylinder
2. Nut
3. Screw
4. Nut
c Port -   From ST2 solenoid valve group (A port)
d Port -   From ST2 solenoid valve group (B port)
e Port -   From brake pump
Steering  cylinder
10-18
  WB97S-2
RKZ04440
A
A
A
c d
e e
2
Sezione A - A
1
3
4
Particolare  A
Section AA
Detail A
1.   Engine
2.   Pump (P2)
3.   Tank
4   Priority valve
5.   Control valve
6.   Steering  unit
7.   Steering  wheel
8. ST2 Solenoid valve group:
 Y1: Rear steering cut out
 Y2: Front/rear steering
 Y3: Phase coincidence steering
 Y4: Crab steering
9.   Front axle steering cylinder
10.   Rear axle steering cylinder
DESCRIPTION
.   The  steering  system  is  completely  hydraulic.   The
oil   required,   supplied  by  the  pump  (2)   driven  by
the motor (1), is sent to the priority valve (4) which
functions  by  Load  Sensing,  and  sends  the  neces-
sary quantity of oil to the steering system (6), even
when  other  oleodynamic  components  supplied  by
the  same  circuit   are  in  operation.   The  oil   passes
from  this  group  (6)   into  the  steering  cylinders  (9)
and (10).
The solenoid valve group (8) can switch the oil flow
to provide three types of steering:
1 -   2  wheels steering
Steering condition in which the rear axle is ex-
cluded.
2 -   2  wheels   steering  and  2  wheels   counter-
steering.   Steering   condition   in   which   rear
steering  is  activated  and  the  direction  of   the
rear   wheels   is   contrary   to   that   of   the   front
wheels.
3 -   4   wheels   steering   in   the   same   direction.
Steering  condition  in  which  rear  axle  steering
is   activated   and   the   direction   of   the   rear
wheels agrees with that of the front wheels.
.   The  hydraulic  power   supplied  by  the  pump  (2)   is
transferred  to  cylinders  (9)   and  (10)   and  transfor-
med into mechanical steering power.
STEERING SYSTEM (4WS)
10-19
WB97S-2
9
b
a
B
A
P T
5
7
6
Y2
L R
T
Y4
Y3 Y1
8
B
A
c
d
C
D
10
RKZ04480
DLS
3
2
4
1
P
STEERING TO THE RIGHT
Turning the steering wheel (7) clockwise causes rota-
tion  of   the  steering  metering  group  (6)   and  prepares
the control valve (port R) to send oil through line e   di-
rectly into chamber b of the cylinder (9); the pressuri-
zed   oil   moves   the   piston   which   then   steers   the
wheels.
The oil in chamber a of cylinder (9) is impelled into line
f to solenoid valve group and thence into line g which
is coupled to the control valve of the steering group (6)
(port   L);   from  the  control   valve  the  oil   passes  out   of
Port T and drains into the tank (3).
STEERING TO THE LEFT
Turning  the  steering  wheel   (7)   anti-clockwise  causes
rotation of the steering metering group (6) and prepa-
res the control valve (port L) to send oil through line g
to solenoid valve group and thence through line f, into
chamber  a of the  cylinder (9); the pressurized oil mo-
ves the piston   which then steers the wheels.
The oil in chamber b of cylinder (9) is impelled into line
e   which is coupled to the control valve of the steering
group (5) (port R); from the control valve the oil passes
out of Port T and drains into the tank (3).
OPERATION
1 -  Steering  with front wheels,  only.
10-20
  WB97S-2
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04490
9
A B
a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04500
9   a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
A B
STEERING TO THE RIGHT
Turning the steering wheel (7) clockwise causes rota-
tion  of   the  steering  metering  group  (6)   and  prepares
the control valve (port R) to send oil through line e di-
rectly to chamber b of cylinder (9).
The  pressurized  oil   moves  the  piston  of   cylinder   (9)
which  in  turn  steers  the  wheels  while  simultaneously
impelling  the  oil   in  chamber  a  (at  the  same  pressure
as chamber b, through lines f - h into chamber d of cy-
linder (10).
The oil in chamber c of cylinder (9) is impelled through
lines i and g to the control valve of the steering group
(port L) from which it passes (port T) to drain into the
tank (3).
STEERING TO THE LEFT
Turning  the  steering  wheel   (7)   anti-clockwise  causes
rotation of the steering metering group (6) and prepa-
res the control valve (port L) to send oil (through line g)
to solenoid valve group and thence through line i into
chamber c of cylinder (10).
The  pressurized  oil   moves  the  piston  of   the  cylinder
(10)  that  steers  the  wheels  and  at  the  same  time  im-
pels  the  oil   in  chamber   d  (at   the  same  pressure  as
chamber  c),  through  lines  h  and  f  into  chamber  a  of
cylinder (9).
The oil in chamber b of cylinder (9) is impelled through
line  e  to  the  control   valve  of  the  steering  group  (port
R), from which it passes (port T) to drain into the tank
(3).
2 -  Steering  with 2 wheels steering and 2 wheels countersteering
10-21
WB97S-2
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04510
9
A B
a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
D C
10
c   d
h
i
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04520
9
A B
a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
D C
10
c   d
h
i
STEERING TO THE RIGHT
Turning the steering wheel (7) clockwise causes rota-
tion  of   the  steering  metering  group  (6)   and  prepares
the control valve (port R) to send oil through line e  into
chamber b of cylinder (9).
The  pressurized  oil   moves  the  piston   of   cylinder  (9)
which  in  turn  steers  the  wheels  while  simultaneously
impelling  the  oil   in  chamber  a  (at  the  same  pressure
as  chamber   b)   through  lines  f  and  i   into  chamber   c
of cylinder (10).
The   oil   in   chamber   d   of   cylinder   (10)   is   impelled
through lines h and g to the control valve of the stee-
ring group (5) (port L) from which it passes (port T) to
drain into the tank (3).
STEERING TO THE LEFT
Turning  the  steering  wheel   (7)   anti-clockwise  causes
rotation of the steering metering group (6) and prepa-
res the control valve (port L) to send oil (through line g)
to  solenoid  valve  group  and  then  through  line  h  into
chamber d of cylinder (10).
The  pressurized  oil   moves  the  piston  of   the  cylinder
(10) that steers the wheels while simultaneously impel-
ling  the  oil   in  chamber   c  (at   the  same  pressure  as
chamber   d)   through  lines  i   and  f   into  chamber   a  of
the cylinder (9).
The oil in chamber b of cylinder (9) is sent through line
e  to  the  control   valve  of   the  steering  group  (port   R)
from which the oil passes (port T) to drain into the tank
(3).
3 -  Steering  with 4 wheels steering in the same direction
10-22
  WB97S-2
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04530
9
A B
a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
D C
10
c   d
h
i
Y2
Y4 Y3
Y1
RKZ04540
9
A B
a
b
e
f
L
R P
T
7
4
6
  3
2
5
g
D C
10
c   d
h
i
a.   Port L   - To the steering cylinder (Port a)
b.   Port R   - To the steering cylinder (Port b)
c.   Port T   - To the hydraulic oil tank
d.   Port P   - From control valve (Port D)
e.   Port LS   - From control valve (Port DLS)
TECHNICAL DATA
Steering unit type:   OSPC160LS
Delivery:   16 ,/min
OPERATION
.   The  steering  unit   is  composed  of   a  control   valve
and a rotating oil dispenser, and is of the hydrosta-
tic type.
.   When the steering wheel is turned, the control val-
ve sends oil from the pump P2 (by means of the ro-
tating oil dispenser) of the steering cylinder. The ro-
tating dispenser ensures that the volume of oil sup-
plied to the cylinder is proportionate to the angle of
rotation of the steering wheel.
.   In  the  event   of   malfunction,   the  oil   dispenser   will
function  automatically  as  a  hand-pump,   thus  gua-
ranteeing emergency steering.
STEERING UNIT
10-23
WB97S-2
RKP03740
L
T
R
P
LS
a   e   b
c
  d
1.   Delivery variation group
2.   Working mode selection solenoid valve (Y1)
3.   Delivery control valve
a.   Port L1   - To the intake flange (Spool Port)
b.   Port B   - To the shovel control valve (Port P)
c.   Port X2   - From the shovel control valve
(Port LS)
d.   Port L   - To the hydraulic oil tank
e.   Port S   - To the hydraulic oil tank
HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-24
  WB97S-2
3 A
A
B B
D
RKZ00401
b
e
a
c
d
D
2
1
1.   Seal
2.   Bearing
3.   Central spring
4.   Bearing
5.   Control rod
6.   Swash plate
7.   Positioning piston
8.   Spring
9.   Cylinder block
10.   Positioning piston
11.   Piston
12.   Guide shoe
10-25
WB97S-2
RKZ00380
10
11 12
7   8   9
6
2
1
5
4
3
C C
Sezione B - B
Sezione A - A
Section AA
Section BB
POWER GOVERNOR
1.   Spring
2.   Piston rod
3.   Bushing
4.   Initial adjustment  spring
5.   Spring
6.   Pressure cut calibration screw
7.   Initial adjustment  calibration screw
PC VALVE
8.   Spool
9.   Spring (internal)
10.   Spring (external)
LS VALVE
11.   External spring
12.   Internal  spring
13.   Throttles
14.   Throttles
15.   Spool
10-26
  WB97S-2
RKZ00640
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
1
  4
6
5
11 12 13
14
15
3
10
7
9 8
2
Section CC
Section DD
FUNCTION
.   The  rotation  and  torque  transmitted  to  the  pump
shaft  is  converted  into  hydraulic  energy  and  pres-
surized oil is delivered according to the load requi-
rements.
.   The  amount   of   oil   delivered  can  be  modified  by
changing the angle of the swash plate.
STRUCTURE
.   The  cylinder  block  (6)  is  supported  and  connected
to  the  shaft  (1)  by  the  spline  a  and  the  shaft  (1)  is
supported by the front and rear bearings.
.   The tip of the piston (6) is ball-shaped. The shoe (4)
is caulked to it to form one unit in such a way that
the piston (5) and the shoe (4) together form a sphe-
rical bearing.
.   The  swash  plate  (3)   has  a  flat   surface  A  and  the
shoe (4) remains pressed against this surface while
sliding in a circular movement.
The swash plate brings highly pressurized oil onto
the cylindrical surface B fashioned in the pump bo-
dy (2), which means that the swash plate (3) slides
on a hydrostatically-supported bearing.
.   The pistons (5) perform their relative movements in
an  axial   direction,  inside  cylindrical   chambers  fas-
hioned in the cylinder block (6).
.   The oil is brought up to pressure in the chambers of
the  cylinder  block  (6)  by  the  rotatory  movement  of
the  block itself.  The areas of pressure  and suction
are determined by the swash plate  (7).
The surface of the swash plate is so designed that
the  oil   pressure  always  remains  within  acceptable
limits.
The oil in each chamber is drawn in and discharged
through holes in the valve plate (7).
10-27
WB97S-2
RKZ01120
1
  2   3   4   5   6   7
B A
  a
OPERATION
1.   Pump operation
1 -   The cylinder block (7) rotates together with the
shaft (1) and the shoe (4) slides on the flat sur-
face A. The swash plate (3) moves along the
cylindrical  surface  B.  The angle  a formed
between  the  center   line  of   the  shaft   (1)   and
the  center  line  X  of  the  swash  plate  (3)  chan-
ges, thus modifying the axial position of the pi-
stons in relation to the cylinder block.
The angle a is known as the swash plate an-
gle.
2 -   When  the  center  line  X  of  the  swash  plate  (3)
maintains the angle a in relation to the cen-
ter  line  of  the  shaft  (1),  and  hence  also  of  the
cylinder  block  (6),  the  flat  surface  A  acts  as  a
cam  for  the  shoe  (4).  As  the  piston  (5) rotates
and  slides  inside  the  cylinder  block  (6),  it  the-
refore  creates  a  difference  between  the  volu-
mes  C  and  D  which  provokes  intake  and  di-
scharge of the oil in quantities equal to the dif-
ference  between  the  volumes  (D    C=delive-
ry).
In  other  words,  as  the  cylinder  block  (6)  rota-
tes, chamber D loses volume while the volume
of chamber C is increased, thus provoking an
intake of oil.
(The  figure  indicates   the  state  of   the  pump
when the intake of chamber D and the delivery
of chamber C have been completed).
3 -   When  the  center  line  X  of  the  swash  plate  (3)
and  the  center   line  of   the  cylinder   block  (6)
are  perfectly  aligned  (the  swash  plate  angle
a=0),   the  difference  between  the  volumes
C and D within the cylinder block (6) becomes
0 and the pump does not take in or deliver any
oil. (In practice the  swash plate angle  a ne-
ver becomes=0)
4 -   In  other  words,   pump  delivery  is  directly  pro-
portional to the swash plate angle a.
10-28
  WB97S-2
RKZ01100
5   6 1
  4
3 A D
B C
X
RKZ01110
2
  5 D
C
X
 = 0
2.   Control  of Delivery
.   As the swash plate angle a grows larger, the
difference between volumes C and D increases,
and the delivery Q also increases.
The  swash  plate  angle  is  modified  by  servo-pi-
stons (8) and (9).
.   The servo-piston (8) moves in a reciprocating li-
near  motion  (   )   caused  by  pressure  signals
from the PC and LS valves.
The   linear   movement   is   transmitted   to   the
swash plate (3), which is supported by the cylin-
drical surface of the cradle (7). The swash plate
therefore  has  a  semi-circular  reciprocating  mo-
vement (   ).
.   The  surfaces  of  the  servo-pistons  receiving  the
pressures PP and LS are dissimilar. The delive-
ry pressure PP of the main pump is always pas-
sed into the  smaller (upper) pressure chamber,
whereas  the  pressure  PEN  coming  from  the  LS
valve  is  passed  into  the  larger  (lower)  pressure
chamber.
The  movement  of  the  servo-piston  is  governed
by  the  relationship  between  pressures  PP  and
PEN, as well by the proportions between the sur-
faces (larger and smaller) of the servo-piston.
10-29
WB97S-2
RKZ01130
C
2   3
8
D
9
SERVO-PISTON
1.   Spring
2.   Servo-piston
3.   Servo-piston
LS VALVE
4.   Piston
5.   Spring
PC VALVE
6.   Servo-piston
7.   Spring
2. PC VALVE, LS VALVE  SERVO-PISTON
10-30
  WB97S-2
RKZ01140
Distributore
4
6
5
7
1
3
2
All'utilizzo
Control valve
To the actuator
LS VALVE
FUNCTION
.   The LS valve controls the pump delivery according
to the stroke of the control valve level, i.e., in func-
tion  of   the  delivery  demands  made  by  the  actua-
tors.
.   The LS valve detects the actuator's delivery needs
by means of the differential pressure DPLS existing
between  the  pump  delivery  pressure  PP  and  the
pressure  PLS  coming  from  the  control   valve.   This
reading  permits  control   of  the  main  pump  delivery
Q.
(PP,   PLS   and   DPLS   are,   respectively,   the   pump
pressure, the Load Sensing pressure, and the diffe-
rence in pressure between these two values).
.   In  other  words,  the  LS  valve  detects  the  pressure
difference  DPLS  generated  by  the  passage  of   the
oil flow through the surface freed by the control val-
ve spool, and controls the pump delivery Q so as to
keep the pressure drop constant.
.   It can therefore be assumed that the pump delivery
is proportional to the demands made known by the
control valve.
10-31
WB97S-2
.   The pressure PLS of the LS coming from the control
valve outlet passes into chamber a of the spring of
the LS valve. The pressure PP of the pump passes
into chamber b of the opposite side.
.   The  piston  rod  movement  (4)  is  determined  by  the
combination of the force generated by the pressure
PLS, the force of the spring (6) and the force gene-
rated  on  the  side  opposite  the  piston  rod  by  the
pressure PP.
.   Before  the  engine  is  started  the  servo-piston  (3)  is
pushed to the right by the spring (1) (corresponding
to the maximum angle of the swash plate).
.   If   all   the  control   valve  spools  are  in  their   NEU-
TRAL   position   when   the   engine   is   started,   the
pressure  PLS  of  the  LS  will  remain  at  0  bar  (0  bar)
because no oil is flowing through the control valve.
At  the  same  time  the  pump  pressure  PP  increases
and  is  maintained  at  a  value  of  about  21  bar  (21.3
kg/cm
2
).
.   For  this  reason  the  piston  (4)  is  thrust  to  the  right
(   ) and a passage is formed between the delivery
lines c and d. This opening enables the pump pres-
sure PP to enter chamber X of the servo-piston (3).
.   Although  the  pump  pressure  PP  is  always  passed
into chamber Y of the servo-piston (2), since the for-
ce  exerted  by  that  pressure  on  piston  (3)  exceeds
the  force  exerted  on  piston  (2),   the  servo-piston
(1)   moves  to  the  right   (   ),   i.e.   towards  the  side
of the minimum angle of the swash plate.
OPERATION
1.   When the control valve is in a NEUTRAL position.
10-32
  WB97S-2
RKZ01150
All'utilizzo
T PLS
PP
PP
Min Max
Distributore
c
4
b
d
  a
  6
1
2
3
Y
X
M
To the actuator
Control valve
2.   When a control valve lever is activated
.   When  the  control   valve  lever   is  moved  out   of   its
NEUTRAL position, the opening f is determined, al-
lowing an LS signal to be generated.
.   Until the DPLS generates a force less than the force
exerted  by  the  spring  (6)   on  the  spool   (4),   the  sy-
stem will remain stable.
When the opening f is such as to provoke a reduc-
tion in DPLS, the spool (4) moves to the left (   ) to
form a passage between delivery lines d and e. The
chamber   X  loses   pressure   and   the   servo-piston
causes the swash plate to move towards maximum
displacement.
.   Equilibrium  is  re-established  in  the  system  when
the  pressure  DPLS  generates  on  the  spool   (4)   the
difference  in  force  exerted  by  the  spring  (6),   and
the  passage  between  delivery  lines  c  and  d  is  re-
opened.
10-33
WB97S-2
RKZ01160
c
4
b
d
  a
  6
1
2
3
Y
X
PP
M
Min Max
T
PLS
PP
e
All'utilizzo
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
3.   When the control valve opening is at its maximum (lever  at the end of its stroke)
.   When  the  control   lever  is  moved  to  full   stroke,   in
other   words,   when  the  spool   opening  reaches  its
maximum,  the  difference  between  the  pump  pres-
sure PP and the LS pressure PLS becomes smaller
(differential pressure  DPLS).
.   The LS pressure PLS introduced into the chamber a
of   the  LS  valve  becomes  about   the  same  as  the
pump  pressure  PP  and  the  piston  (4)   is  moved  to
the  left   (   )   by   the  combined  forces   generated
by the pressure PLS  and the spring (6).
The piston movement closes the delivery line c and
forms a passage between lines d and e.
.   The pressurized oil present in the chamber X of the
servo-cylinder  (3)   flows  through  the  lines  d  and  e
and  reaches  the  pump  drainage  chamber,  so  that
the  pressure  in  chamber   X  of   the  servo-cylinder
(1) becomes equal to the drainage  pressure.
.   The servo-piston (3) is thus moved to the right (   )
by swash plate movement due to the pressure PP in
the chamber Y of the servo-cylinder (2).
In other words, it is drawn in the direction of the in-
crease in angle of the swash plate.
10-34
  WB97S-2
RKZ01160
c
4
b
d
  a
  6
1
2
3
Y
X
PP
M
Min Max
T
PLS
PP
e
All'utilizzo
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
4.   When the spool makes very small movements  (fine-control)
.   When  the  control   valve  lever  moves  in  very  small
increments  towards  the  NEUTRAL  position,   i.e.
when  the  control   valve  opening  f   diminishes,   the
differential pressure DPLS between the pump pres-
sure PP and the LS pressure PLS increases.
.   If   the  differential   pressure  DPLS  generates  on  the
spool (4) a difference in force that exceeds the for-
ce exerted by the spring (6), the spool moves to the
right (   ) and a passage is formed between the de-
livery lines c and d. The pressure PP is introduced
into the chamber X and the swash plate moves to-
wards its minimum angle.
.   When the control valve lever performs small move-
ments  towards  the  position  of   maximum  opening,
i.e. when the opening f of the control valve increa-
ses, the differential  pressure  DPLS  diminishes.
.   If   the  differential   pressure  DPLS  generates  on  the
spool   (4)   a  force  difference  that   does  not   exceed
the force exerted by the spring (6), the spool (4) mo-
ves  to  the  left   (   )   and  a  passage  is  formed  bet-
ween the delivery lines d and e.
The chamber X loses pressure and the servo-piston
provokes  a  movement  of  the  swash  plate  towards
maximum displacement.
.   Equilibrium  is  re-established  in  the  system  when
the  pressure  DPLS  generates  on  the  spool   (4)   the
difference  in  force  exerted  by  the  spring  (6),   and
hence  the  passage  between  delivery  lines  c  and
d is also re-opened.
10-35
WB97S-2
RKZ01170
c
4
b
d
  a
  6
1
2
3
Y
X
PP
M
Min Max
T
PLS
PP
e
All'utilizzo
Distributore
f
To the actuator
Control valve
5.   When pump flow matches the demands of the control valve
.   Let A1 be the surface of the servo-piston (3), A2 the
surface of the servo-piston (2), PEN the pressure ac-
ting on the piston (1) and PP the pressure acting on
the piston side (2).
.   When  pump  delivery  reaches  the  quantity  deman-
ded  by  the  control  valve,  the  pump  pressure  PP  in
chamber   b  of   the  LS  valve  is  in  equilibrium  with
the   combined  forces   of   the   LS  pressure   PLS   in
chamber a, and the force exerted by the spring (6).
Once  equilibrium  has  been  reached  the  piston  (4)
stops in the central position.
.   In  this  condition  the  passage  from  chamber   c  to
chamber   d  remains  only  slightly  open  in  order   to
maintain pressure in chamber  d.
A flow of oil is introduced into the servo-cylinder (3)
at a pressure that balances the force generated by
the pump pressure PP in the cylinder (2)
(PEN x A1=PP x A2).
.   The  stability  of  the  equilibrium  is  guaranteed  by  a
flow stabilized by the throttle g.
.   The  force  of  the  spring  (6)  is  regulated  so  that  the
piston (4) is in equilibrium when
PP  PLS=DPLS=18 bar (18.4 kg/cm
2
).
.   In  practice,  the  pump  flow  is  made  proportional   to
the   section  of   the   opening  of   the   control   valve,
which maintains the differential pressure
DPLS=18 bar (18.4 kg/cm
2
).
10-36
  WB97S-2
RKZ01180
A1
A2
c
4
b
d
  a   6
1
2
3
Y
X
PP
M
Fermo
T
PLS PP
e
PEN
PP
All'utilizzo
g
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
Hold
PC VALVE
FUNCTION
.   The   PC   valve   performs   an   approximate   power
check, and ensures that the hydraulic horse-power
absorbed by the pump does not exceed the horse-
power delivered by the endothermal engine.
This is achieved by limiting the pump delivery Q in
function of the delivery pressure PP, even if the LS
valve requests an increase in delivery Q due to the
larger  section  freed  by  the  control   valve  spool,   in
the presence of high pressure pump  delivery.
.   In other words, when during operation the delivery
Q  increases  and  the  delivery  pressure  PP  also  in-
creases  simultaneously,  the  PC  valve  reduces  the
pump  delivery  Q.   When  the  delivery  pressure  PP
decreases, the PC valve increases the pump flow.
.   The relationships between the pump delivery pres-
sure  PP  and  the  delivery  Q  are  shown  in  the  dia-
gram.
10-37
WB97S-2
RKP01180
Pressione pompa
P
o
r
t
a
t
a
 
p
o
m
p
a
 
Q
PP
P
u
m
p
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
a
m
o
u
n
t
Q
Pump discharge pressure PP
OPERATION
1.   When the load on the actuators is heavy (high pump delivery pressure)
.   When a higher delivery is required, the LS valve re-
ceives  a  signal   from  the  control   valve  to  bring  the
pump up to maximum displacement.
When the swash plate moves it also moves the bus-
hing (2) joined  to it (by the pin  (1)), which releases
the  spring  (3).  As  the  pressure  of  the  actuators  in-
creases,  pressure  also  increases  in  the  delivery  li-
ne  c.  When  the  calibrated  setting  of  the  spring  (3)
is  reached,   the  piston  rod  (4)   is  thrust   to  the  left
(   )   and  the  passage  between  chamber   b  and
the pump drainage chamber a is opened.
.   The opening of the passage between the chambers
b  and  a  generates  a  flow  of  oil   and  hence,  due  to
the  calibrated  hole  (6),  a  DP  is  generated  between
chambers  f  and  g  at  the  sides  opposite  the  spool
(5). (DP=PP  PPC)
.   When  the  value  of   PP  exceeds  the  value  of   the
spring  loading  (7)  the  spool   (5)  moves  to  the  right
(   ), opening the passage between the delivery li-
nes d and e and sending the pump pressure PP to-
wards the servo-cylinder (8).
.   The pressure  PP  introduced  into  chamber  X  of the
cylinder  (8)   pushes  it   towards  the  minimum  angle
of the swash plate  (   ).
10-38
  WB97S-2
RKZ01190
T
PEN
PP
LS
5
  7
Max
PP
Min
M
PPC
PPC
 p
  6
f
e
d
g
3   a   b   4
2   1
8 X
All'utilizzo
c
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
2.   When equilibrium has been reached
.   When  the  piston  (8)  is  pushed  to  the  left  (   )  the
bushing (2) is also moved.
The oil flow between the chambers b and a is redu-
ced and the PPC pressure tends to approach the PP
pressure value.
The  DP  decreases  and  the  spool   (5)   is  pushed  to
the left (   ) by the force of the spring (7).
.   Equilibrium is reached when the force generated by
the  PP  pressure,   the  force  generated  by  the  PPC
pressure, and the force of the spring (7) are all ba-
lanced.  (The  force  generated  by  PP=the  force  ge-
nerated by the PPC+ the spring force (7)).
.   In  this  condition  the  passage  from  chamber   d  to
chamber   e  remains  only  slightly  open  in  order   to
maintain pressure in chamber e. A flow of oil is in-
troduced into the cylinder (8) at a pressure that ba-
lances  the  force  generated  by  the  pump  pressure
PP acting on the cylinder (9). (PEN x A1=PP x A2)
.   The  stability  of   this  equilibrium  is  generated  by  a
continuous stabilized flow from the throttle (10).
10-39
WB97S-2
RKZ01200
A1
A2
5
  7
PP
Fermo
M
PPC
PPC
 p
  6
f
e
d
g
a   b   4 2
8 X
PEN PP
LS
9
10
c
All'utilizzo
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
Hold
3.   When the load on the actuators decreases (pump delivery pressure drops)
.   When the load on the actuators diminishes and the
pump delivery pressure PP drops, the PPC. pressu-
re also drops.
.   The  reduction  in  the  PPC  causes  the  spool   (4)   to
move  and  the  passage  between  chambers   b,   d
and a is closed.
The PPC pressure and the PP pressure of the pump
are equalised due to the interruption of the oil flow
through  the  calibrated  hole  (6)   and  hence  the  DP
becomes zero (DP=PP  PPC=0).
.   The  spring  (7)   pushes  the  spool   (5)   to  the  left   (   ),
closing  the  passage  between  the  chambers  d  and  e
and opening the passage between chambers e and g.
.   The  pressurized  oil   present   in  chamber   X  of   the
servo-cylinder  (8)  passes  through  chambers  e  and
g and reaches the pump drainage chamber, so that
the pressure in chamber X of the servo-cylinder (7)
becomes equal to the drainage pressure.
.   Therefore the servo-piston (7) is caused to move by
the PP pressure in chamber Y of the servo-cylinder
(9), i.e. in the direction of the increase in the angle
of the swash plate.
10-40
  WB97S-2
RKZ01210
5
  7
PP
Fermo
M
PPC
PPC
6
e
d
a   b   4
8 X
PEN PP
LS
c
g
9 Y
All'utilizzo
Distributore
To the actuator
Control valve
Hold
4.   The function of the spring
.   The  loading  on  the  springs  (3)  and  (11)  of  the  PC
valve changes in proportion to the angle of inclina-
tion of the pump  swash plate.
.   The  compression  of   the  spring  (3)   varies  with  the
movements of the servo-piston (8).
.   When  the  piston  (8)   moves   to  the  left   (   )   the
spring (3) is compressed.
If the piston (8) moves even further to the left (   ),
the  spring  (11)   comes  into  action  to  increase  the
loading.
In other words, the overall loading of the springs is
varied by the piston (8), which either compresses or
releases them.
.   The pump absorption torque curve, which indicates
the relationship between the pump delivery pressu-
re  PP  and  the  delivery  Q,  is  a  broken  line  (as  illu-
strated in the diagram).
10-41
WB97S-2
T
PLS PP
LS
RKZ01220
8
3   11   4
All'utilizzo
Distributore
M
To the actuator
Control valve
RKZ01240
Pressione pompa
P
o
r
t
a
t
a
 
p
o
m
p
a
 
Q
Molla (3) + molla (11)
Molla (3)
PP
P
u
m
p
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
a
m
o
u
n
t
Q
Pump discharge pressure PP
Spring (3)+spring (11)
Spring (3)
.   The  position  in  which  the  piston  (8)  stops,  i.e.  the
pump absorption torque, is determined by the posi-
tion in which the PPC pressure applied to the spool
(4) is balanced by the force exerted by the springs
(3) and (11).
.   In  practice,   as  the  pump  delivery  pressure  PP  in-
creases, the delivery Q decreases, and as the pres-
sure PP diminishes the pump delivery Q increases.
10-42
  WB97S-2
WORKING MODE SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION
.   Calibration  of   the  pump  absorption  torque  is  nor-
mally performed for the working mode  E.
When  the  solenoid  valve  of   the  working  mode  is
commutated the absorbed power of the pump is in-
creased, as indicated by the working mode curve.
OPERATION
1.   WORKING MODE E (Economy)
.   During normal operation (Working mode E), the PC
valve intervenes when a  DP1 is generated equal to
the loading on the spring (4).
.   The  DP1  is  generated  by  the  calibrated  hole  (3)  in
the spool of the PC valve (2) when, at a determined
pump  delivery  pressure  P1,   the  valve  (1)   puts  the
delivery  line  a  into  discharge,   thus  generating  a
flow F1 in the delivery line a.
10-43
WB97S-2
RKZ01250
P
o
r
t
a
t
a
 
p
o
m
p
a
 
Q
Pressione pompa PP
Working mode P
Working mode E
P
u
m
p
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
a
m
o
u
n
t
Q
Pump discharge pressure PP
RKZ01230
 P1
a
3
  4
2
5
1
6
2.   WORKING MODE P (Power)
.   When  the  solenoid  valve  (6)   is  commutated  (Wor-
king  Mode  P)  the  pressurized  oil   coming  from  the
pump  changes  its  route  and  passes  through  the
throttle (5), which has a larger diameter than the ca-
librated hole (3).
.   Because  the  throttle  (5)  has  a  larger  diameter,  the
DP2  generated  is  less  than  is  needed  to  overcome
the  force  generated  by  the  spring  (4).   The  spool
of   the  PC  valve  (2)   is  therefore  pushed  to  the  left
(   ) by the force of the spring (4).
.   This  shift   obliges  the  pump  to  increase  displace-
ment  and  hence  the  delivery  (See  PC  VALVE:  3.
When  the  load  on  the  actuators  decreases  third
paragraph).
.   The  increase  in  flow  causes  an  increment   of   the
DP2   which,   when  the  loading  value  of   the  spring
is  reached,   allows  the  spool   to  shift   to  the  right
(   ).
.   The  pump  starts  to  work  in  normal   fashion  once
again, and all the valves recommence normal func-
tioning.
10-44
  WB97S-2
RKZ01320
 P2
3
  4
2
5
1
6
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
10-45
WB97S-2
S L1 L
B
X1 X2
Arm Bucket
DLS
T P
Hammer Arm Boom swing L.H. outrigger Bucket Boom
Additional
equipment
L R
RKZ04561
Rear axle
Solenoid valve
group ST2
R.H. outrigger Jig arm
Front axle
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
P
T
B
A
21
 bar
245
bar
235
bar
240
 bar
5 bar
5 bar
230
 bar
-5
 0
200
bar
DLS
P
T
LS D
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
b
a
b
a a
T B A T T B A T
b
A8 B8 A7 B7
B T
A B T T
b
a
b
a
b
a
A6 B6
A
B
T
T
A5 B5
b
a
A4 B4 A3 B3
b
a
b
a
A B T T A T
A2 B2
b
a
A1 B1
b
a
A T
LS1 M P2 T1
P T
LS T
T2
C
230
 bar
235
 bar
175
bar
240
 bar
175
 bar
305
bar
235
bar
245
bar
235
bar
165
bar
A B
D C
o
SHOVEL CONTROL VALVE
2-Spool
10-46
  WB97S-2
1   2
b
e
f
A
A
C
C
D
D
a
B
B
RKZ01080
g
h
c   d
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
6
4
5
3
Section AA
Section BB
a.   Port D   - To the hydraulic steering unit (Port P)
b.   Port A2   - To the bucket cylinders (Head side)
c.   Port A1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Base side)
d.   Port LS   - To the pump (Port X2)
e.   Port T   - To the hydraulic oil tank
f.   Port P   - From the pump (Port B)
g.   Port B1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Head side)
h.   Port B2   - To the bucket cylinders (Base side)
1.   Plug
2.   Plug
3.   Ball
4.   Spring
5.   Priority valve piston rod
6.   Priority valve spring
1.   Plug
2.   Raising  command spool
3.   Spool return spring
4.   Compensator
5.   Antishock/anticavitation  valve
6.   Bucket dump command spool
7.   Spring
8.   Check valve
10-47
WB97S-2
6
5
5
RKZ00660
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
E
E
Sezione E - E
E
E
4
1
3
2
3
4
7
  8
8
7
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
a.   Port D   - To the hydraulic steering unit (Port P)
b.   Port A3   - To the auxiliary equipment (Left side)
c.   Port A2   - To the bucket cylinders (Head side)
d.   Port A1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Base side)
e.   Port LS   - To the pump (Port X2)
f.   Port T   - To the hydraulic oil tank
g.   Port P   - From the pump (Port B)
h.   Port B1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Head side)
i.   Port B2   - To the bucket cylinders (Base side)
l.   Port B3   - To the auxiliary equipment
(Right side)
1.   Plug
2.   Plug
3.   Ball
4.   Spring
5.   Priority valve piston rod
6.   Priority valve spring
7.   Plug
3-Spool  control valve
10-48
  WB97S-2
1   2
a   c
f
g
A
A
B
C
C
D
D
B
b
E
E
RKZ01070
h
i
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
d   e
l
6
4
5
3
7
Section AA
Section BB
1.   Plug
2.   Raising  command spool
3.   Spool return spring
4.   Spring
5.   Ball
6.   Ball
7.   Compensator
8.   Antishock/anticavitation  valve
9.   Bucket dump command spool
10.   Spool return spring
11.   Optional  equipment command spool
12.   Spring
13.   Check valve
10-49
WB97S-2
8
9
2
1
1
8
8
8
7
15
15
F
RKZ00691
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
F
F
Sezione F - F
Sezione E - E
F
F
11
10
7
5
6
3
4
14
14
7
12
13
F
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Section FF
a.   Port D   - To the hydraulic steering unit (Port P)
b.   Port A3   - To the auxiliary equipment (Left side)
c.   Port A2   - To the bucket cylinders (Head side)
d.   Port A1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Base side)
e.   Port LS   - To the pump (Port X2)
f.   Port T   - To the hydraulic oil tank
g.   Port P   - From the pump (Port B)
h.   Port B1   - To the shovel-raising cylinders
(Head side)
i.   Port B2   - To the bucket cylinders (Base side)
l.   Port B3   - To the auxiliary equipment
(Right side)
1.   Plug
2.   Plug
3.   Ball
4.   Spring
5.   Priority valve piston rod
6.   Priority valve spring
7.   Plug
3-spool  control valve (with  return to dig)
10-50
  WB97S-2
1
  2
a
c
f
g
A
A
C
C
D
D
b
E
E
B
B
RKZ01090
h
i
d   e
l
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
6
4
5
3
7
Section AA
Section BB
1.   Plug
2.   Raising  command spool
3.   Spool return spring
4.   Spring
5.   Ball
6.   Ball
7.   Compensator
8.   Antishock/anticavitation  valve
9.   Bucket dump command spool
10.   Spool return spring
11.   Coil
12.   Optional  equipment command spool
13.   Spring
14.   Check valve
10-51
WB97S-2
8
9
2
1
1
8
8
8
7
15
15
F
RKZ00691
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
F
F
Sezione F - F
Sezione E - E
F
F
11
10
7
5
6
3
4
14
14
7
12
13
F
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Section FF
a.   Port P   - From the pump (Port B)
b.   Port T   - To the hydraulic oil tank
c.   Port B1   - To the arm cylinder (Base side)
d.   Port B2   - To the arm LH swing cylinder
(Base side)
e.   Port B3   - To the RH outrigger cylinder
(Base side)
f.   Port B4   - To the LH outrigger cylinder
(Base side)
g.   Port B5   - To the bucket cylinder (Base side)
h.   Port B6   - To the boom cylinder (Head side)
i.   Port C   - To the backhoe backframe lock
cylinders
l.   Port A6   - To the boom cylinder (Base side)
m.   Port A5   - To the bucket cylinder (Head side)
n.   Port A4   - To the LH outrigger cylinder
(Head side)
o.   Port A3   - To the RH outrigger cylinder
(Head side)
p.   Port A2   - To the RH boom swing cylinder
(Base side)
q.   Port A1   - To the arm cylinder (Head side)
r.   Port T1   - To the hydraulic oil tank
s.   Port LS   - To the pump (Port X2)
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
6 Ports
10-52
  WB97S-2
RKZ00230
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
1
  2
  3
4
5
6
3
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
D
D
E
E
F
F
L
H
H
L
G
G
c
q
i
l
a
d
  e   f   g   h
b
m n o p
r
s
Section AA
Section BB
1.   Ball
2.   Backhoe backframe lock solenoid valve
3.   Antishock/anticavitation  valve
4.   Boom command spool
5.   Spool return spring
6.   Compensator
7.   Bucket command spool
8.   Anticavitation valve
9.   Plug
10.   Outrigger  command spool
11.   Boom swing command spool
12.   Arm command spool
13.   Spring
14.   Check valve
10-53
WB97S-2
RKZ00760
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D Sezione E - E
Sezione F - F
Sezione G - G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
9
8
3
7
3
6
3
  11
5
6
9
9
  10
5
12
6
3
  5
13
13   14
14
5
6
Section CC   Section DD   Section EE
Section FF
Section GG
10-54
  WB97S-2
RKZ00790
Sezione H - H
Sezione L - L
4   5
2
3
1
Section HH
Section LL
1.   Valve
2.   Spring
3.   Plug
4.   Pressure cut-out valve
5.   Unloading valve
10-55
WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
a.   Port B7   - To the jig arm cylinder (Base side)
b.   Port A7   - To the jig arm cylinder (Head side)
c.   Port B7   - To the side digging  boom cylinder
(Base side)
d.   Port A7   - To the side digging  boom cylinder
(Head side)
e.   Port B7   - To the hydraulic hammer (Left side)
7-spool  control valve
10-56
  WB97S-2
RKZ00240
a
b
A
A
For jig arm
RKZ00250
B
B
c
d
Side digging boom
RKZ00260
C
C
e
For Hammer
1.   Anticavitation valve
2.   Jig arm command spool
3.   Spool return spring
4.   Plug
5.   Compensator
6.   Anti-shock/anticavitation valve
7.   Side digging boom command spool
8.   Hammer command spool
10-57
WB97S-2
RKZ00960
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione A - A
4
6
4
5
6
  7
3
8
5
6   3
5
1
  2
3
Section AA
Section BB
Section CC
a.   Port B7   - To the hydraulic hammer (L.H. side)
b.   Port B8   - To the jig arm cylinder (Base side)
c.   Port A8   - To the jig arm cylinder (Head side)
d.   Port B7   - To the side digging  boom cylinder
(Base side)
e.   Port A7   - To the side digging  boom cylinder
(Head side)
8-spool  control valve
10-58
  WB97S-2
RKZ00270
a   b
c
For hammer and jig arm
RKZ00280
d
e
b
c
For side digging boom and jig arm
1.   DESCRIPTION
CHARACTERISTICS
The term CLSS means Closed Center Load Sensing System, which has the following characteristics:
a)   High precision control that is independent of the load applied to the movement;
b)   High precision control of digging action even during delicate manoeuvres;
c)   Ability to perform complex operations, guaranteed by control of oil flow in function of the aperture surfaces of the
shuttles;
d)   Energy savings guaranteed by control of pump delivery.
STRUCTURE
.   The CLSS system includes the variable flow pump, the control valve and the working equipment.
.   The pump includes the main pump, the TCC valve and the LS valve.
CLSS
10-59
WB97S-2
RKZ01710
Attrezzature di lavoro
Distributore
Valvola TCC
Valvola LS
Pistone di
controllo
PLS
PP
Pistone di
controllo
Attachment
Control valve
TCC Valve
LS Valve
Piston
Piston
2.   OPERATING PRINCIPLES
1.   Control  of the angle of the pumping plate.
.   The angle of the swash plate (and hence the pump delivery) is controlled in such a way that the differential pres-
sure DPLS between the delivery pressure PP of the pump and the pressure PLS at the outlet of the control valve
towards the actuator is maintained at a constant value. (DPLS=pump delivery pressure PP  pressure PLS of de-
livery to the actuator).
.   If  the  differential   pressure  DPLS  becomes  lower  than  the  set  pressure  of  the  LS  valve,  the  angle  of  the  swash
plate increases (delivery increasing).
If the differential  pressure  DPLS increases, the angle of the swash plate decreases.
H  For details about this movement, see the description of the HYDRAULIC PUMP.
10-60
  WB97S-2
Attrezzatura di lavoro
Distributore
Mandata pompa
Pistone di
posizionamento
POMPA
Pistone di
posizionamento
Valvola TCC
Valvola LS
Alta
pressione
Alta
pressione
RKZ01720
Attachment
Control valve
Pump delivery
Piston
  PUMP
Piston
TCC Valve
High
pressure
LS Valve
High
pressure
2.   Pressure compensation control
.   The pressure compensation valves are installed downstream from the control valve in order to balance the dif-
ferential pressure between the loads..
When two or more movements (cylinders) are activated simultaneously, the pressure differences DP between the
delivery at the control valve inlet and outlets of the control valve are compensated by these valves.
We obtain the distribution of the pump  flow in proportion to the areas of passage S1 and S2 of each valve.
10-61
WB97S-2
Carico
Utilizzo Utilizzo
Carico
Compensatore Compensatore
S1 S2
POMPA
P
P
RKZ01730
Load
Actuator
Load
Actuator
Pressure
compensation
valve
Pressure
compensation
valve
PUMP
3.   Unloading valve
FUNCTION
1.   When the control valve is in NEUTRAL position, the flow Q of the pump (due to the swash plate being in the
minimum angle position) is sent to the control valve.
In these conditions, the pump delivery pressure PP is regulated to 21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
) by the spring (2) inside
the valve.
(LS signal with pressure PLS=0 bar (0 kg/cm
2
))
OPERATION
When the control valve is in NEUTRAL position.
.   On  the  two  surfaces  of   the  shuttle  (1),   the  pump
pressure  PP  acts  on  the  right-hand  side,  while  the
LS signal with pressure PLS acts on the left-hand si-
de.
.   Because no LS signal is generated with a pressure
PLS, when the control valve is in NEUTRAL posi-
tion, only the pump delivery pressure PP regulated
by  the  compression  of   the  spring  (2),   acts  on  the
shuttle (1).
.   While the pump delivery pressure PP increases un-
til  it  compensates  for  the  loading  on  the  spring  (2)
(21   bar   (21.4   kg/cm
2
)),   the   shuttle   (1)   moves   to
the left (   ) and the PP circuit is put into communi-
cation with the tank circuit  T.
.   This system ensures that the pump delivery pressu-
re PP stays regulated at 21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
).
10-62
  WB97S-2
RKZ01740
1 2
PLS
T
PP
2.   If, during the precision regulations of the control valve, the request for oil flow to the actuators in equal or less
than the delivery values given by the minimum angle of the swash plate, the pump delivery pressure PP is re-
gulated by the pressure PLS+21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
).
Because the unloading valve opens when the differential pressure between the pump delivery pressure PP and
the PLS LS pressure becomes equivalent to the loading of the spring (2) (21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
)), the differential LS
pressure  DPLS del   LS becomes 21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
).
OPERATION
Final control of control valve
.   When  final   control   are  performed  with  the  control
valve, a pressure PLS is generated that pressurizing
the spring chamber, acts on the left-hand extremity
of the valve (1).
The actuator pressure is introduced into the LS cir-
cuit and then into the spring  chamber.
As a result, the pump pressure PP tends to increa-
se.
.   When  the  differential   pressure  between  the  pump
delivery  pressure  PP  and  the  LS  pressure  PLS  has
the  same  value  as  the  loading  on  the  spring  (2)
(21   bar   (21.4   kg/cm
2
)),   the   shuttle   (1)   moves   to
the left (   ) and the pump circuit PP puts itself into
communication with the tank circuit  T.
Consequently the exceeding pump delivery Q, rela-
tive  to  the  actuator  request,  is sent  to  the  tank  cir-
cuit.
.   The pump delivery pressure PP is regulated by the
combination of the pressure provided by the spring
(21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
)) and by the LS pressure PLS,
i.e. when the pressure differential DPLS reaches the
value of 21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
).
10-63
WB97S-2
RKZ01750
1 2
PLS
T
PP
3.   When the request for oil flow from the actuators exceeds the minimum delivery of the pump during use of the
control valve, the connection to the tank circuit is eliminated and the entire pump delivery Q is sent to the ac-
tuators.
OPERATION
When the control valve is in use
.   When  the  control   valve  shuttle  is  operated  to  exe-
cute  a  bigger  stroke,  the  opening  section  of  spool
becomes  bigger   and  consequently  the  controlled
delivery.
Because the control valve passage is large, the dif-
ference between the LS pressure PLS and the pump
delivery  pressure  PP  is  reduced  up  to  16  bar  (16.3
kg/cm
2
) (LS pump valve setting).
.   Because   the   differential   pressure   between   the
pump  delivery  pressure  PP   and  the  LS  pressure
PLS is not equal to the pressure given by the spring
loading (2) (21 bar (21.4 kg/cm
2
)), the shuttle (1) is
pushed to the right (   ) of the spring (2).
.   The result is that the connection between the pump
delivery circuit PP and the tank circuit T is excluded
and the entire pump delivery Q is sent to the actua-
tors.
10-64
  WB97S-2
RKZ01760
1 2
PLS
T
PP
4.   Introduction of the LS pressure
.   The LS pressure is the pressure generated by external forces acting on the actuators at the outlet of the control
valve.
OPERATION
.   When   the   shuttle   (1)   is   activated,   the   pump
pressure  PP  starts  to  flow  into  the  actuator  cir-
cuit A through  the duct b.
.   At   the  same  time  the  compensator   (2)   moves
upwards (   ) so that the flow controlled by spool
(1) can flow towards the actuator A.
Check valve (4) do not allow any flow up to when
pressure  in  chamber  c  is  higher  than  pressure
in chamber b.
Pressure downstream spool (1) flows in the PLS
circuit   downstream   the   compensator   valve
throught the orifice d.
.   The PLS circuit of the LS is thus in communica-
tion  with  the  tank  circuit  T  by  means  of  the  LS
decompression  valve  (3).   (See  the  description
of the LS decompression valve).
.   The system stabilizes when a pressure differen-
ce  of  18  bar  (18.3  kg/cm
2
)  is  generated  across
the  shuttle  (1)  between  pump  pressure  PP  and
PLS pressure.
10-65
WB97S-2
RKZ01780
2
3
A
b
PP
1
Alla pompa
4
c
  d
To the pump
INTRODUCTION
The flow sent to each actuator is controlled  by the  opening area of each spool.
While performing complex control, in traditional control valves the difference between actuators pressure might cau-
se sudden and unexpected movements acceleration in those actuators operal at lower pressure.
The adoption of the pressure compensation valve allow to control those situation guaranting the proportionality bet-
ween each actuator
FUNCTION
Compensation of actuator deliveries occurs when, during the simultaneous activation of two or more movements,
the  pressure  of  one  actuator  drops  lower  than  that  of  the  other,  and  pump  delivery,  if  not  controlled,  tends  to  be
supplied the actuator operating at lower. (In the diagram the actuator on the right is requesting higher pressure).
OPERATION
1.   When activating an actuator at a pressure lower than the one already working.
(While operating actuator A starts operating actuator B)
.   Until the pressure PBV downstream from the shuttle
(1)  reaches  the  same  value  requested  by  actuator
B, no oil passes.
.   When  the  pressure  requested  by  actuator  B  is  ex-
ceeded,   movement   can  commence.   This  creates
a  flow  that   adding  to  the  one  controlled  by  spool
(3)   reduces   the   pressure   upstream  of   spool   (1)
and (3) and therefore the  DP between PLS and PP.
.   The pump compares the delivery pressures PP and
PLS  and  senses  that   the  difference  DP<18  bar
(18.3  kg/cm
2
).   This  variation  in  DP   causes  an  in-
crease in oil flow increasing the swash plate angle.
(For the detail  see Hydraulic pump).
.   Until the pump does not realize a DP of 18 bar (18.3
kg/cm
2
), i.e. until the increase in oil flow compensa-
tes the requirements of the two actuators, the pump
will continue to increase delivery.
.   DP of 18 bar (18.3 kg/cm
2
) will stabilize as soon as it
is restored to.
.   The  compensator  (2)  is  moved  upwards  by  the  oil
flow  and   stops   when   the   aperture   between   the
chambers a and b reduces the passage sufficiently
to  reduce  the  pressure  in  chamber  a  to  be  sent  to
the actuator.
5.   DELIVERY COMPENSATION
10-66
  WB97S-2
RKZ02310
A   B
PA
PAV
PP
PBV
PB
PLS
C
d
4
3
1
b
a
2
2.   When a low pressure actuator needs to work at  a higher pressure than the other
.   If the actuator B needs to work at a higher pressure
(PB>PA), the pressure PB will start to increase.
.   Since  pressure  PB  is  increasing,   the  compensator
(2)   moves  upwards  to  restore  the  DP  between  the
chambers  a  and  b,  and  therefore  the  DP  does  not
vary upstream or downstream from the shuttle (1).
.   When  pressure  PB  exceeds  pressure  PA,  the  com-
pensator (2) is fully open and the pressure PB is in-
troduced into the LS circuit.
.   The  increase  in  pressure  in  the  LS  circuit   obliges
the pump to increase delivery until the  DP is resto-
red to 18 bar (18.3 kg/cm
2
).
.   Simultaneously  the  increase  in  pressure  upstream
from the shuttle (3) generates an increase in DP up-
stream and downstream from the shuttle.
(PAV<PLS<PP)
.   Because  the  pressure  PLS   which  is  equal   to  the
pressure PB acts on the upper side of the compen-
sator  (4),  and  since  the  pressure  PAV  is  lower,  the
compensator (4) is pushed downwards.
.   The compensator stops when the aperture between
the chambers c and d generates a reduction of the
passage  sufficient   to  reduce  the  pressure  to  be
sent  to  the  actuator,  and  to  increase  the  pressure
PAV  until   the  DP  is  restored  to  the  18  bar  (18.3  kg/
cm
2
) necessary for equilibrium.
10-67
WB97S-2
RKZ02320
A   B
PA
PAV
PP
PBV
PB
PLS
C
d
4
3
1
b
a
2
3.   When an increase in delivery is required by an actuator
.   When an increased delivery is required by actuator
A,   i.e.   when  the  shuttle  (3)   is  asked  to  execute  a
bigger   movement,   the  section  of   the  aperture  in-
creases.
.   The increase in aperture provokes a drop in DP bet-
ween  the  two  sides  of  the  shuttles  (2)  and  (3),  be-
cause the flow, which has remained unchanged un-
til now, is divided between both the actuators.
.   At the same time the pump senses the variation in
DP and increases the oil flow until the DP is restored
to DP of 18 bar (18.3 kg/cm
2
) between the two sides
of the shuttle (1) and the compensator (4) changes
position  in  order   to  restore  the  DP   upstream  and
downstream from the shuttle (3).
10-68
  WB97S-2
RKZ02330
A   B
PA
PAV
PP
PBV
PB
PLS
C
d
4
3
1
b
a
2
FUNCTION
.   The Load Independence Flow Divider (LIFD) intervenes automatically when the oil-flow requested by the actua-
tors exceeds the maximum delivery guaranteed by the pump.
In this case, the oil-flow is divided between the various actuators in proportion to their requirements.
OPERATION
.   When,  during  the  simultaneous  operation  of  more
than  one  actuator,   one  of   them  needs   a  higher
pressure  and  the  characteristics  of   the  pump  are
exceeded,  the  pump  guarantees  a  delivery  limited
by its calibration  curve.
.   At this point less oil than requested is distributed to
all the actuators.
.   Because  the  sections  of   the  apertures  remain  un-
changed,  the  pressure  upstream  and  downstream
from  the  shuttles  drops.   Since  the  position  of   the
compensator  (4)   is  determined  by  the  pressure  of
the  LS  signal,   by   the  pressure  PBV   downstream
from  the  shuttle  (3)   and  by  the  flow  of   oil   needed
for   the   movement,   the   compensator   is   pushed
downwards   by   the  higher   pressure  in  the  upper
chamber   until   the  pressure  PBV  downstream  from
the   shuttle   becomes   equal   to   the   pressure   PAV
downstream  from  the   shuttle   (1).   This   equalizes
the pressure  DP of the shuttle (1).
.   Thus the flow of each actuator is reduced by a per-
centage equal to the reduction or absence of pump
delivery.
.   In other words, when the request for performance is
excessive, the system can nevertheless guarantee
proportionality and graduality for the movements in
any load conditions.
.   If  an  increase  in  delivery  is  requested,  rather  than
an  increase  in  pressure,  and  the  characteristics  of
the  pump  are  exceeded,   the  system  will   function
in the same way as described for the above case.
6.   LIFD CONTROL SYSTEM
10-69
WB97S-2
RKZ02340
PCV
PBV PAV
A B C
6   4
  2
5
  3   1
DESCRIPTION
The LS decompression valve is a throttle that continuously releases a small quantity of oil from the LS circuit and
that, when the shuttles are brought back to a neutral position, releases the residual LS pressure.
This continued flow renders the PLS pressure increment more gentle and gradual, and increases stability and control
during the phases of reducing the LS pressure.
OPERATION
.   When  the  LS  pressure  reaches  chamber  a  of   the
valve,   it   generates  a  force  that   opposes  the  force
of the spring  (2).
.   Until   the  force  generated  by  the  LS  pressure  ex-
ceeds the force of the spring (2) (LS pressure low)
the   shuttle   (1)   remains   at   rest   and   oil   flows
through the calibrated orifice a in the tank circuit.
.   When  the  force  generated  by  the  LS  pressure  ex-
ceeds the force of the spring (2), the shuttle is pus-
hed upwards (   ) and the passages c are closed.
Oil   continues  to  flow  into  the  chamber  d  until   the
force   generated   by   the   pressure   contained   in
chamber   d,   together   with  the  force  of   the  spring
(2), exceeds the force generated by the LS pressu-
re.
.   The shuttle is pushed downwards (   ) and passage
c is opened.
.   The  system  is  in  equilibrium  (i.e.   the  shuttle  is  at
rest),   when  the  quantity  of   oil   allowed  to  flow  into
the tank circuit is equivalent to the quantity that ge-
nerates a pressure difference  DP such that
(PLSxS)=[(PLS1xS)+F] where:
PLS= LS pressure
PLS1= LS pressure contained in chamber d
S= section of the shuttle
F= force of the spring.
7.   LS DECOMPRESSION  VALVE
10-70
  WB97S-2
RKZ02350
c
a
d
2
b
RKZ02360
1,3
P (bar)
Q (/ min)
0,8
0 20 250
DESCRIPTION
The function of the pressure cut-off valve is to regulate the maximum pressure of the Load Sensing signal and hen-
ce also the pressure of the pump.
OPERATION
.   The pressurized oil of the LS reaches the chamber
a of the valve.
.   When  the  force  generated  by  the  LS  pressure  on
the  valve  (1)   exceeds  the  force  of   the  spring  (2),
the  valve  (1)   is  pushed  upwards  (   )   opening  the
passage  between  the  chamber  a  and  the  tank  cir-
cuit.
8.   PRESSURE CUT-OFF VALVE
10-71
WB97S-2
RKZ01770
1
2
1
b
a
FUNCTION
The function of the priority valve is to distribute oil to the steering unit and to the other hydraulic components. Di-
stribution is determined by the position of the valve of the priority valve in function of the LS signal, oil delivery from
the pump, the pressure of the steering unit and the pressure of the hydraulic circuit. The position of the valve is such
as to guarantee that delivery to the steering unit will always correspond to the actual need.
9.   PRIORITY  VALVE (ONLY FOR THE 2-3 SPOOL CONTROL VALVE)
10-72
  WB97S-2
RKZ02370
P
LS
P
Agli utilizzi
DLS D
To the actuator
1.   EV4 - Backhoe boom locking
a.   Port 3   -   To the transmission
b.   Port 1   -   From the transmission
c.   Port 2   -   Boom-locking cylinder
SOLENOID VALVE
Solenoid  valve block ST1
Differential locking - backhoe boom locking
10-73
WB97S-2
RKZ04640
a
b
c
1
1.   Y1 Rear steering cut out
2.   Y2 Front/rear steering
3.   Y3 Phase coincidence steering
4.   Y4 Crab steering
5. Blocks connection
a.   T Port   -   To front steering cylinder (b Port)
b.   A Port   -   To rear steering cylinder (c Port)
c.   P Port   -   From steering unit (Port r)
d.   B Port   -   To rear steering cylinder (d Port)
Solenoid valve group ST2
10-74
  WB97S-2
RKP03670
1   4
a   b
c
  d
5
A T
P B
2   3
10
8
6
4
2
0
0 20 40 60 80
Measured at V=41 mm
2
/s e t=50C
5 3
RKP04501
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
 
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
 
p
 
(
b
a
r
)
Amount Q (/ min)
6 9
10
8
6
4
2
0
0 20 40 60 80
Measured at  V=41 mm
2
/s e t=50C
RKP04511
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
 
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
 
p
 
(
b
a
r
)
Amount Q (/ min)
RKZ04571
Y3
Y4
Y1
Y2
Direction of travel
c
d
rear
cylinder
Shovel raise
a.   Port Y   -   to the raising cylinders (Head side)
b.   Port A   -   From the shovel control valve (Port A1)
c.   Port X   -   To the raising cylinders  (Base side)
d.   Port B   -   From the shovel control valve (Port B1)
Bucket Dump
a.   Port Y   -   To the dump cylinders (Head side)
b.   Port A   -   From the shovel control valve (Port B2)
c.   Port X   -   To the dump cylinders (Base side)
d.   Port B   -   From the shovel control valve (Port A2)
Boom
a.   Port Y   -   To the boom cylinder (Head side)
b.   Port A   -   From the backhoe control valve
(Port A6)
c.   Port X   -   To the boom cylinder (Base side)
d.   Port B   -   From the backhoe control valve
(Port B6)
Arm
a.   Port Y   -   To the arm cylinder (Head side)
b.   Port A   -   From the backhoe control valve
(Port B1)
c.   Port X   -   To the arm cylinder (Base side)
d.   Port B   -   From the backhoe control valve
(Port A1)
CHARACTERISTICS
Safety valve calibration
Shovel dump:   230 bar
Boom:   350 bar
Arm:   230 bar
SAFETY VALVE
10-75
WB97S-2
a
  b
c
d
A
A   RKZ00850
1.   Plug
2.   Check valve spring
3.   Check valve
4.   Check valve spring
5.   Check valve
6.   Plug
7.   Protection
8.   Over-ride screw (Safety)
9.   Spool
10.   Safety valve spring
11.   Safety valve
12.   Spool
13.   Spring
14.   Housing
15.   Plug
H  The drawing  represents  the  boom safety valve
10-76
  WB97S-2
RKZ01050
Sezione A - A
1
2
  3   4
6
5
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15
Section AA
1.   Pump body
2.   Main piston
3.   Seal
4.   Differential piston
5.   Spring
6.   Pump spring
7.   Spring
8.   Check valve
9.   Ball
10.   Seal
11.   Pin
12.   Seal
13.   Seal
14.   Seal
15.   Ball
16.   Spring
17.   Seal
CHARACTERISTICS:
Stroke:   36 mm
Displacement:   15  28 cc
Max. pressure:   150 bar
BRAKE PUMP
10-77
WB97S-2
RKZ00932
1
10 11 12 13
14
15 16
17
9
7
8
2
  3   4   5
  6
RAISING  CYLINDER
DUMPING  CYLINDER
CHARACTERISTICS
Cylinder   Raising   Dumping
Piston rod diameter   50   50
Internal cylinder diameter   85   85
Piston stroke   730   755
Max. cylinder length   1880   2145
Min. cylinder length   1150   1390
Key size  for piston
safety nut
  55   55
SHOVEL CYLINDERS
10-78
  WB97S-2
RKZ00300
4   6 5
1
  3 2   7
8
RKZ00310
4   6 5
1
  3
2
  7
8
1.   Bushing, base side
2.   Cylinder
3.   Nut
4.   Piston seal
5.   Piston
6.   Piston rod
7.   Cylinder
8.   Bushing, head side
BOOM
ARM
BUCKET
BACKHOE CYLINDERS
10-79
WB97S-2
RKZ00200
4
1
3
2
  7
8
6 5
9
10 11
RKZ00220
4
1
3
2
7   8 6 5   9
10
RKZ00290
4
1
  3
2
  7 6 5   8   9
1.   Head bushing, piston rod side
2.   Piston rod
3.   Cylinder head
4.   Cylinder
5.   Piston
6.   Piston ring
7.   Guide ring
8.   Cushion plunger
9.   Bottom bushing
10.   Dowel bolt
11.   Ball-bearings (9)
1.   Head bushing
2.   Piston rod
3.   Cylinder head
4.   Cylinder
5.   Bushing
6.   Piston ring
7.   Guide ring
8.   Piston
9.   Nut
10.   Bottom bushing
1.   Head bushing
2.   Piston rod
3.   Cylinder head
4.   Cylinder
5.   Piston
6.   Piston ring
7.   Guide ring
8.   Nut
9.   Bottom bushing
OUTRIGGERS
BOOM SWING
ARM (for side digging boom)
10-80
  WB97S-2
RKZ00410
4 1   3
2
  7 6 5   8
RKZ00361
4 1   3 2
  6
5
7
10 11 12   9   8
11   10   RKZ00210
3
1
  3
2
7
5 4
8
6
9
1.   Piston rod
2.   Cylinder head
3.   Cylinder
4.   Spacer
5.   Piston ring
6.   Guide ring
7.   Piston
8.   Nut
1.   Retaining  ring
2.   Throttling ring
3.   Piston rod
4.   Cylinder
5.   Swing bushing
6.   Cylinder head
7.   Head bushing
8.   Piston
9.   Guide ring
10.   Piston ring
11.   Spacer
12.   Cushion plunger
1.   Head bushing
2.   Cylinder head
3.   Throttling ring
4.   Piston ring
5.   Guide ring
6.   Nut
7.   Bearing
8.   Piston
9.   Piston
10.   Piston rod
11.   Cylinder
SIDE DIGGING BOOM
JIG ARM
10-81
WB97S-2
1
  2
RKZ00390
3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10
11
1   2   3   5 4   6 7   7   8
RKZ04580
1.   Head bushing
2.   Piston rod
3.   Ring nut
4.   Gasket
5.   Cylinder head
6.   Cylinder
7.   Piston ring
8.   Ring
9.   Nut
10.   Bottom bushing
11.   Spacer
1.   Head bushing
2.   Piston rod
3.   Cylinder head
4.   Cylinder
5.   Piston
6.   Piston ring
7.   Guide ring
8.   Bottom bushing
CHARACTERISTICS
Cylinder   Boom
Arm
Bucket
Standard
  With side
digging boom
Piston rod diameter   60   60   60   60
Internal Cylinder diameter   120   110   110   95
Piston stroke   849   920   910   765
Max. cylinder length   2050   2175   2170   1850
Min. cylinder length   1040   1255   1260   1085
Key size  for piston
safety nut
  65   55   55   55
CHARACTERISTICS
Cylinder   Outriggers   Boom swing   Side digging boom   Jig arm
Piston rod diameter   40   50   45   40
Internal Cylinder diameter   80   100   85   70
Piston stroke   635   230   365   1140
Max. cylinder length   1690   319   830   2590
Min. cylinder length   1055   89   565   1450
Key size  for piston
safety nut
  46      46   
10-82
  WB97S-2
1.   Compressor
2.   Condenser
3.   Drying-filter tank
4.   Safety pressure
5.   Expansion valve
6.   Evaporator
7.   Thermostatic clutch control sensor
8.   Air-circulation  fan in cab
9.   Air conveyor
TECHNICAL DATA
.  Operating  pressure  in  circuit   with  engine  at   2500
rpm and ambient temperature at 25  30C:
Normal pressure: 15  17 bar
Low pressure: 1.6  1.8 bar
.  Safety pressures:
High pressure: 26 bar
Low pressure: 2.5 bar
.  Coolant fluid: R134a
.  Quantity of coolant: 970w15 g
AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT
10-83
WB97S-2
RKZ03130
4
3
5
2
1
6
7
9
1a
8
Low pressure steam
Low pressure liquid/steam
High pressure steam
High pressure liquid
INTERIOR OF CAB
AIR AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
The  compressor   (1)   is  driven  directly  by  the  engine
shaft by means of a belt, and made to rotat by a pulley
fitted with an electromagnetically-engaged clutch (1a).
A  thermostatic   sensor   (7)   controls   the  engagement
and  disengagement   of   the  clutch.   It   disengages  the
clutch when the evaporator reaches the lower tempe-
rature limit and engages the clutch when the evapora-
tor reaches the upper temperature limit.
The coolant fluid (in gaseous phase) is drawn into the
compressor where it is subjected to compression and
an  intense  heating  process.   In  these  conditions  the
fluid  is  then  sent   into  the  condenser   (2)   where,   due
to  the  heat  extracted  by  ambient  temperature  air  flo-
wing  over  fins,  it  reaches  condensation  temperature,
and passes into a high-pressure  liquid state.
Subsequently the coolant passes into the drying-filter
group (3) which performs three functions: it filters out
impurities, absorbs any moisture present in the circuit
and, finally, also functions as a reserve tank.
The coolant in its liquid state is then transferred to the
evaporator (6), first passing through an expansion val-
ve (5). The task of this valve is the constant metering
of   the  quantity  of   fluid  in  order  to  maintain  optimum
evaporation.
In  the  evaporator  the  coolant  fluid  is  subjected  to  ex-
pansion, bringing it up to the critical evaporation point
at a temperature of approximately  8C.
The flow  of  air generated  by  centrifugal  fan  (8)  which
passes through the evaporator (6) at ambient tempera-
ture is  considerably  warmer than    8C. For  this rea-
son  it   yields  heat   to  the  coolant   fluid,   bringing  it   up
to boiling point and complete evaporation.
On leaving the evaporator (6) the coolant is drawn on-
ce more into the compressor (1) and a new cycle com-
mences.
The yielding of heat from the atmosphere in which the
evaporator is positioned leads  to the  condensation of
the water suspended in the air, and hence to dehumi-
dification. The condensate is deposited on the evapo-
rator  fins  where,  if  a  temperature  higher  than  0C  is
not maintained, it freezes and inhibits the functioning
of the evaporator.
The task of keeping the temperature of the evaporator
above 0C (and thus within the optimum limits for heat
exchange) is entrusted to a thermostatic sensor (7).
The  condensate  that  forms  on  the  evaporator  fins  (6)
also  contains  dust,   pollens  and  particles  suspended
in the air. Continual condensation therefore effectively
purifies the air, and the droplets of condensate are di-
scharged to the exterior.
A fixed quantity of anti-freeze oil is also introduced into
the  circuit,  with  the  function  of  lubricating  all  the  me-
chanical parts of the unit. A percentage of this oil cir-
culates   constantly   throughout   the  unit   in  nebulized
form,   lubricating  the  compressor   (pistons   and  bea-
rings) and the expansion valve.
A pressure switch (4) has been inserted in the electri-
cal   control   circuit   to  protect   the  unit   in  the  case  of   a
lack of coolant fluid or if the quantity becomes insuffi-
cient due to leakages. This switch will inhibit the enga-
gement   of   the  electromagnetic  clutch  and  hence  the
functioning of the air-conditioning unit.
HOW THE AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT FUNCTIONS
10-84
  WB97S-2
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1/7)
10-85
WB97S-2
X4
6
X4
4
X4
10
X4
2
X4
9
X4
1
X4
11
L
2
3
D
1
6
L
1
3
12
2.5
1
2.2
9
4.12
10
2.19
8
3.12
4
4.18
3
3.6
11
2.2
R
/N
1
H
/N
1
X17
3
t_
P4
-
S   i
+
X17
14
X
S
6
X
S
5
q
P3
-
S
+
  i
X17
9
R/N1
3.1
X4
3
X4
5
X4
8
G
1
V
-
B
1
A
-
G
1
X8
5
X8
7
X8
3
X8
11
R
/N
1
X8
12
D19
7
3.9
D
1
8
D
1
7 +15
F3A
7.5A
R25
1/4W
+15
F7C
7.5A
X8
2
Z
/N
1
X8
9
X8
6
X8
8
+30
+15
X8
10
D
2
0
K4   86   87a   87
85   30
D5
R3
1/4W
X17
8
X4
7
L6
D
1
2
A
-
N
1
.5
10 8
+15 +15
V
-
B
1
H
/N
1
1 4   3
X10
1
X10
4
X10
2
t
R32
p
S22
  HA1
X10
6
31
2.1
N
1
.5
N
1
.5
N
1
N
1
S
1
2
X1
7
D
1
0
X1
5
B/V1
2.4
X10
3
t
S21
X21
2
X21
1
X21
3
R31
  S24
B
/V
1
B
/N
1
13
4.15
2
4.18
B
-
R
1
Z
-
N
1
X1
6
X1
9
L4
B-N1
X1
11
Z
-
B
1
R
-
N
1
.5
N
1
p
S23
N
1
V
1
R4
1/4W
L
2
5
F3B
R13
R6
1/4W
L3
F7A
7.5A
R23
1/4W
XS
1
XS
4
rpm
P1
-
S   i
+
H8
X
1
7
2
V
1
6   5
H4   H5   H6   H7
S
1
1 11 13   12
H1  H2
N
1
.5
A
2
.5
3   4
G2.5
M
-
V
1
H3
4
R
-
N
1
.5
X
1
0
5
A-R1
3   4
X
T
1
1   2
KT1
5
3
S
5
3
M
3
1
1
5
A-R1
2.19
M
-
V
1
R
-
V
1
M
-
V
1
10
R
-
V
1
3
X
1
0
12
X
1
8
5   4
X
A
D
l
4
X
T
2
1
KT2
5
3
S
1
5
5
3
M
3
1
2
X
1
9
4   5
X10
9
X10
11
X
1
0
7
R
-
V
1
M
-
V
1
A
2
.5
A
2
.5
Z
/B
1
X17
7
X15
2
R6
X15
1
L4
2.13
AL KIT
G
2
.5
B
-
R
1
X11
2
X14
2
R
4
L
4
X
1
2
2
X10
13
L
4
X
1
3
l
A
-
V
1
X
1
0
8
X
1
4
1
L
4
A
-
V
1
COND.
R
4
R
4
R
4
X11
1
X12
1
R
6
G
2
.5
R1
ST
OFF ACC
S6
R1   ACC   BR   R2   C
B
A
-
V
1
G
1
M
1
K03
86   87
85   30
B1.5
B1.5
X16
A
B
3
R30
2
Y0
1
M10
G2.5
K01
86   87
85   30
K02
86   87
85   30
N
1
N
1
N
1
Z
-
B
1
G
2
.5
R
1
0
R50
FUG4
70A
FUG3
30A
X
A
-
X
A
  l
U
3
G
G2
30
D+
W
31
M
M1
30   50
FUG1
60A
G1
12Vcc
FUG2
80A
R
5
0
N
5
0
G
/N
1
R
-
V
1
B
/R
1
M
-
V
1
Z
/B
1
-
Z
/N
1
B
-
N
1
h
P2
  -
S   i
+
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
7
X
1
5
X
1
5
X
A
D
X
T
2
X
T
2
X
1
0
X
1
8
X
1
9
X
T
1
X
T
1
X
T
1
XAM   XAM
X16 XAM
X1   X1   X1   X1   X1   X1
1/4W 7.5A
D13
D
1
1
N
1
N1
N
1
.5
N1.5
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
G1
G
1
S1
S
1
Z-N1
Z
-
N
1
A
-
G
1
A-G1
V
-
B
1
V-B1
A
-
V
1
A-V1
V
-
N
1
V-N1
R1
R
1
.5
R1.5
B
-
N
1
B-N1
3.18
R/N1
1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20
RKZ04590
COMPONENTS
G1   Battery
G2   Generator
H1   Preheating warning light
H2   Generator warning light
H3   Engine water high temperature
warning lamp
H4   Air filter warning lamp
H5   Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp
H6   Optional warning lamp
H7   Optional warning lamp
H8   Optional warning lamp
HA1  Horn
K01   Starter relay
K02   Preheating relay
K03   Fuel shut off relay
K4   Safety start relay
KT1   Fuel shut off timer
KT2   Preheating timer
M1   Starter motor
P1   RPM instrument
P2   Hour counter
P3   Fuel level indicator
P4   Water temperature instrument
R30   Heating start
R31   Fuel level sender
R32   Water temperature sender
S6   Starting switch
S21   Engine water high temperature switch
S22   Air filter blocked switch
S23   Engine oil low pressure switch
S24   Fuel gauge
Y0   Fuel shut off solenoid valve
CONNECTORS
X1   Front line (engine) 11 way connector
X4   Monitor 11 way connector
X8   Lateral dashboard 17 way connector
X10   Front line-engine line 13 way connector
X11   Power 3 way connector
X12   Front line-cross line 3 way connector
X13   Front line-engine line 2 way connector
X14   Front line-cross line 4 way connector
X15   Start key 4 way connector
X16   Conditioner clutch 2 way connector
X17   Lateral dashboard 21 way connector
X18   Power box 5 way connector
X19   Front dashboard 9 way connector
X21   Fuel level indicator 3 way connector
XA   Generator 2 way connector
XAD  Diode 2 way connector
XAM Fuel shut off valve 3 way connector
XS   Multifunction instrument 16 way connector
XT1   Fuel shut off timer 4 way connector
XT2   Preheating timer 4 way connector
FUSES
F3A   Safety start fuse 7.5A
F3B   Switch + warning light + return to dig fuse 7.5A
F7A   Monitor fuse 7.5A
F7C  Fuel shut off fuse 7.5A
FUG1  General fuse 60A
FUG2  Preheating fuse 80A
FUG3  Fuel shut off power fise 30A
FUG4  Generator fuse 70A
10-86
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (2/7)
10-87
WB97S-2
87a
30
R
0ohm
NON MONTATO
RELE' K7
A-R1
1.9
X29
1
X29
2
S10
X28
12
1 0
S1
15/1   30/3   L/6
49/4   30b/2   R/7
X9
13
X
1
9
6
R/N1
2.2
10
1.20
C-L1
3.1
M-N1
4.5
R/N1
3.12
G
-
V
1
X28
8
X28
10
X28
9
M
-
B
1
X28
4
X28
6
X28
5
X28
7
MANIPOLATORE
C
-
B
1
C
/B
1
M
-
N
1
X28
2
X28
1
V
/N
1
X28
3
D14
X5
7
X5
8
X5
3
X8
1
M
-
N
1
M-N1
V2.5
X9
1
X9
9
+15
L26
F5A
15A
R26
1/4W
L
1
7
R17
1/4W
K04
86   87
85   30
X28
11
17
4.18
33
4.19
X6
9
H
1
C
-
N
1
Y5
1
2
X27
4
R1
4.7
31
3.1
N
1
V
/N
1
EV4
X27
5
X27
1
L4
1.2
2
V
-
N
2
.5
C
/B
1
C
-
B
1
EV1
4 3
X20
1
X27
6   2
EV2
L4
X27
3
N
1
N
1
N
1
N
1
A1.5
V
-
B
1
N1
4.1
1
0
  2
3
S4
2   3   4
+   1
V
-
N
1 S
1
H11 H10 H9   H12
B
1
.5
R
1
.5
N
1
Z
-
B
1
X2
4
X9
10
X2
7
32
4.17
31
4.17
D4
18
3.1
L5
R5
1/4W
C
-
L
1
M
/N
1
X5
10
X5
5
X5
11
20
3.7
X9
16
D8
+15
F3C
7.5A
A
-
N
1
L
-
B
1
R/N1
2.19
R/N1
II
 0 I
S2A
2   6   7   9
3   5   10
X
1
9
7 A
-
R
1
X9
8
L/B1
3.9
1
1.20
11
1.20
X8
4
X
1
8
3
L
1
4
+15
R14
1/4W
F4A
7.5A
L
2
7
R27
1/4W
X9
15
X8
13
Z-N1.5
X3
7
X
1
4
4
R
1
.5
R
1
R
1
.5
S20
B
-
R
1
.5
B
-
R
1
S19
X
1
4
3
B
-
R
1
G
-
N
1
A
-
G
1
X5
1
X3
4
12
1.20
S
-
N
1
X3
5
S15
X
2
3
2
X
2
3
1
OPTIONAL
N
1
p
S16
S18
S17
15
4.16
16
4.6
N
1
N
1
N
1B
-
R
1
B
/V
1
B/V1
1.15
L
-
B
1
X3
3
X
2
4
3
X24
1
X22
l
X22
-
M
M2
X
2
4
4
M
M3  53
53a
53b
31b
31
31
1.20
N
1
D22
  D21
40
3.1
M
M4
Z
-
N
1
N
2
.5
X
2
0
2
X
2
5
1
V2.5
V
-
N
2
.5
1 0
S2
15/1   30/3   L/6
49/4   30b/2   R/7
K3
86   87a   87
85   30
X
2
0
X
2
0
X27
X43
2
X43
1
M
-
V
1
1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20
RKZ04600
COMPONENTS
EV1   Opened grab solenoid valve
EV2   Closed grab solenoid valve
EV4   Rear 1^ boom unlock solenoid valve
H9   4WD warning lamp
H10   Engine water high temperature warning light
H11   Engine oil high temperature warning light
H12   Fuel reserve warning light
K04   Powered blower motor relay
K3   Insert double traction relay
M2   Washer pump
S1   Economy power switch
S2   Rear 1^ boom unlock switch
S4   Blower motor switch
S10   Hammer button
S15   Hand brake switch
S16   Brake oil low level switch
S17   Stop switch
S18   Stop switch
S19   Stop light switch
S20   Stop light switch
S2A  Winshield wiper-washer  switch
on front dashboard
Y5   Economy power solenoid valve
CONNECTORS
X2   Lights switch and gear shift line
9 way connector
X3   Front line 11 way connector
X5   Cabin command 11 way connector
X6   Solenoid valves line 9 way connector
X8   Lateral dashboard 17 way connector
X9   Front dashboard 17 way connector
X14   Front line-cross line 4 way connector
X18   Power box 5 way connector
X19   Front dashboard 9 way connector
X20   Blower motor 4 way connector
X22   Windshield washer pump 2 way connector
X23   Optional 2 way connector
X24   Windshield wiper 4 way connector
X25   Powered blower motor 2 way connector
X27   Valves line 6 way connector
X28   Joystick way connector
X29   Convert detachment button 2 way connector
X43   Pred. 2 way connector
FUSES
F3C  Forward and reverse solenoid valve fuse 7.5A
F4A   4WD-windshield wiper/washer fuse 7.5A
F5A   Blower motor switch fuse 15A
10-88
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (3/7)
10-89
WB97S-2
NON MONTATO
RELE' K1
C1
22uF
G
-
R
1
H13  H14
A-R1
B-G1
R/N1
4.5
2
X33
1
X33
5
R-V1
A
-
N
1
G1.5
G
/N
1
HA2
R
/N
11   0
S3A
1   9
5   10
X33
3
X9
7
X33
6
L19
+15
R19
1/4W
+30
L11
R8
1/4W
L8   R11
1/4W
F2B
7.5A
F5C
15A
X
1
9
1
G-V1
X
1
9
2
G
/N
1
G
/N
1
X2
1
X17
19
R/N1
2.20
8
1.20
X9
12
R7
1/4W
L7
+30
L10
F2A
10A
R10
1/4W
F1C
3A
G-V1
4.8
F1B
3A
II
 0 I
S2L
2   6   7   9
3   5   10
K05
86   87a   87
85   30
A-R1
A
/R
1
X33
4
B
-
G
1
B
-
G
1
A
-
R
1
A
-
N
1
A
/R
1
H21 H20
M
M8   53
53a
53b
31b
31
31
4.1
N
1
N
1
N
1
N
1
B
1
L
-
G
1
.5
N
0
.5
M
1
R-V1
X5
4
A
X39
B
X39
C
Y6
G1
4.1
X3
1 6
12
4.5
G-R1
4.7
X
3
1
1
X
3
1
2
N1
H18 H17
3
X31
4
2
H16
S27
N
1
.5
N
1
L. CABINA
N
1
L
.0
5
M
H19
L-G1.5
L/B1
L1.5
1   0
S1L
1   9
5   10
1   0
S5L
1   9
5   10
B-R1
L
/N
1
X17
10
X8
16
X2
9
7
1.16
L/B1
2.2
+15
F5B
15A
R1
1/4W
L1
D1
L
1
.5
X2
5
19
4.19
L2
R2
1/4W
D3
K2
86   87a   87
85   30
X8
14
X17
17
B
-
R
1
A
-
N
1
1 0
S3
15/1   30/3   L/6
49/4   30b/2   R/7
C-L1
2.20
R/N1
1.14
X17
16
X17
18
X8
15
S
-
G
1
+15
A
-
N
1
+15
3
J2
2 1
F6A
15A
R15
1/4W
F4B
10A
L15
40
2.9
18
2.8
R20
1/4W
L20
1   0
S4L
1   9
5   10
B-R1.5
G
1
X5
9 8   2   6   17
R
-
V
1
X1
H15   1
M
M5
X30
2
X30
1
R
-
N
1
.5
20
2.5
X6
1
P4
X6
7
X6
4
X6
5
3
1.20
X6
3
N
1
.5
N
1
.5
H
-
L
1
X5
2
HA4
Y7
  HA3
31
2.20
N
1
N
1
N
1
1   0
S3L
1   9
5   10
L18
R18
1/4W
R
-
N
1
.5
G1
4.9
AUTORADIO
ALIM.
X6   X6   X6   X8   X5
X
3
2
X
3
2
X31
X
3
9
X33
1.14
  R/N1
R
/N
1
1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20
RKZ04610
COMPONENTS
H13   Dashboard light
H14   Dashboard light
H15   Cigarette lighter lamp
H16   Cabin lamp
H17   Front working lamp
H18   Front working lamp
H19   Beacon lamp
H20   Rear working light
H21   Rear working lamp
HA2  Buzzer
HA3  Rear horn
HA4  Buzzer
K05   Return to dig relay
K2   Reverse speed relay
M5   Fuel pump
M8   Windshield wiper motor
S1L   Rear working light switch on lat. dashboard
S27   Npn sensor
S2L   Windshield wiper-washer switch on lat. dashboard
S3A  Front working light switch on front dashboard
S3L   Beacon switch on lat. dashboard
S4L   Horn switch on lat. dashboard
S5L   Optional switch on lat. dashboard
Y6   Return to dig solenoid valve
Y7   Plate unlock solenoid valve
CONNECTORS
X1   Front line (engine) 11 way connector
X2   Lights switch and gear shift line 9 way connector
X3   Front line 11 way connector
X5   Cabin command 11 way connector
X6   Solenoid valves line 9 way connector
X8   Lateral dashboard 17 way connector
X9   Front dashboard 17 way connector
X17   Lateral dashboard 21 way connector
X19   Front dashboard 9 way connector
X30   Fuel pump 2 way connector
X31   Cabin 5 way connector
X32   Radio power 2 way connector
X33   Windshield wiper and beacon 7 way connector
X39   Proximity 3 way connector
FUSES
F1B   Right traffic light fuse 3A
F1C  Left traffic light 3A
F2A   Beacon fuse 10A
F2B   Radio and cabin lamp fuse 7.5A
F4B   Forward-reverse speed fuse 10A
F5B   Rear working light switch fuse 15A
F5C  Front working light switch fuse 15A
F6A   Windshield wiper-washer switch fuse 15A
10-90
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (4/7)
10-91
WB97S-2
C
O
N
S
E
N
S
O
 A
V
V
IA
M
E
N
T
O
O
U
T
 B
L
O
C
C
A
G
G
IO
 D
IF
F
.
B
A
C
K
 U
P
 A
L
A
R
M
K
IC
K
-
D
O
W
N
M
A
S
S
A
B
U
Z
Z
E
R
 A
L
L
A
R
M
I
IN
 P
E
D
A
L
E
 F
R
E
N
O
+
1
5
 E
G
M
D
E
C
L
U
T
C
H
8 6   7 4 2   3   5
19
3.5
4
1.20
17
2.16
33
2.16
2
1.12
D
1
5
9
G
-
V
1
8 6   7
C
1
A
/B
1
4 3 2
DEVIO LUCI
5   9
15
2.7
X9
14
13
1.12
X2
2
R
-
N
1
X2
6
L21
D9
K8
86   87a   87
85   30
L24
9
1.20
X7
1
32
2.9
31
2.9
13
31
A
-
B
1
A
-
G
1
R
-
G
1
L
1
11 9   10 7 5   6   8
+15 +15
3
N
1
N
1
X40
1
N
1
  2 8
A
1
  4
N
1
  12
N
1
F7B
10A
R24
1/4W
R21
1/4W
N
1
G-V1
3.14
H22 H23 H24
M-N1
2.20
R/N1 R/N1
3.20
H25
2
X19
9 A
-
V
1
X9
11
1
X
1
9
  8
X9
3
K9
C
+
R
X9
5
A
/V
1
X2
3
X9
17
X9
6
V
1
R
-
N
1
B
1
16
2.7
F4C
15A
R29
1/4W
D7
L22
R16
1/4W
+15
R22
1/4W
K6
86   87a   87
85   30
+30
X
1
8
2
A
/N
1
B
/R
1
A
/N
1
B
-
R
1
A-N1
N1
2.8
X9
4
+30
R
1
.5
X2
8
H
-
N
1
L12
+30
R12
1/4W
F2C
10A R28
1/4W
D6
F1A
15A
K5
86   87a   87
85   30
1   0
S4A
2   8   5   10
4   6   3   1   7
F6C
10A
A
1
R1
A
-
B
1
G1
3.10
X
2
6
4
X26
6
H31
7
X
2
6
3   1
X26
5
H30
5
7L
5
9
c
3
1
  G-R1
A
1
A
-
B
1
12
3.12
G
-
R
1
M
1
10 2   9
X
3
5
4
X
3
5
6
X
3
5
3 2
X35
1
G-R1
3.12
R1
2.20
N
1
N
1
N
1
.5
P1
G1
X3
6
M
1
B
1
11
X3
8
4 6 3
X
3
4
2
X34
1
H26
5
6
a
5
6
bR
5
7
3
1
G1
3.13
31
3.20
N
1
.5
N
1
.5
H27
5
6
a
5
6
bL
5
7
3
1
B
1
L9
R9
1/4W
L28   L29
L16
H32
5
7R
5
9
c
3
1
F6B
7.5
XD1
1
2
XD1  XD1  XD1  XD1  XD1  XD1  XD1  XD1
X7   X7   X7   X7   X7   X7   X7   X7
X
1
8
X9
X3   X3   X3   X3
X
3
4
X
3
4
X
3
4
X
3
5
X
2
6
X
2
6
X
2
6
X
2
6
X40   X40   X40  X40   X40   X40   X40  X40   X40   X40   X40  X40
5.1
EGM
1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20
RKZ04620
COMPONENTS
H22   Indicators warning lamp
H23   Main beam warning lamp
H24   Low level brake oil warning lamp
H25   Differential lock warning lamp
H26   Right front lamp
H27   Left front lamp
H30   Left rear lamp
H31   Number plate lamp
H32   Right rear lamp
K5   Low beam relay
K6   Main beam relay
K8   Horn relay
K9   Flasher unit
S4A  Warning switch on front dashboard
CONNECTORS
X2   Lights switch and gear shift line 9 way connector
X3   Front line 11 way connector
X7   Not connected 9 way connector
X9   Front dashboard 17 way connector
X18   Power box 5 way connector
X19   Front dashboard 9 way connector
X26   Rear line 8 way connector
X34   Right front light 6 way connector
X35   Left front light 6 way connector
X40   Flasher unit 13 way connector
XD1   Lights switch 9 way connector
FUSES
F1A   Low beam fuse 15A
F2C  Warning fuse 10A
F4C  High beam fuse 15A
F6B   Lights switch fuse 7.5A
F6C  Warning power fuse 10A
F7B   Horn fuse 10A
10-92
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (5/7)
10-93
WB97S-2
14   15   16   17   18   19   20 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
N
0
.5
H35
N
0
.5
N
0
.5
H34
N
0
.5
N
0
.5
H33
N
0
.5
  S9
N
0
.5
N
0
.5
S8
N
0
.5
N
0
.5
N
0
.5
S7
N
2
.5
X
E
7
X
E
6
X
E
5
X
E
4
X
E
3
X
E
2
X
E
1
M
-
B
1
L
-
G
1
A
-
R
1
S
-
G
1
M
-
N
1
L
-
B
1
S28
X
5
5
B
X
5
5
C
X
5
5
A
X
5
4
C
X
5
4
  B
X
5
4
A
X
5
6
  3
X
5
6
2
X
5
6
1
N
1
M
-
V
1
M
1
N
1
X
5
1
11
N
1
X
5
1
  6
X
5
1
7
M
1
M
-
V
1
X
6
4
2
X
6
4
1
R
-
N
1
X
5
1
4
R
-
N
1
X
6
3
2
X
6
3
1
X
6
2
2
X
6
2
1
X
6
1
2
X
6
1
1
R
-
V
1
X
5
1
3
R
-
V
1
V
1
X
5
1
2
V
1
N
1
N
1
N
1
N
1
31
4.20
R
/N
1
X
5
1
1
R
/N
1
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1
N
1
N
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
X
5
1
10
R
1
B
-
R
1
X
5
1
8
R
1
B
-
R
1
R1
1.20
R
1
R
1
X53
1
X
5
1
9
R
1
Z
-
B
1
X
5
1
5
Z
-
B
1
N
1
N
1
G
-
V
1
S
-
N
1
C
-
N
1
G
-
R
1
A
-
B
1
N1
1.20
N
1
S1
1.20
G1
1.20
Z-N1
1.20
H
-
R
1
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
X
5
2
S
1
G
1
Z
-
N
1
B-N1
1.20
A-V1
1.20
N1.5
1.20
R1.5
1.20
V-N1
1.20
A-G1
1.20
V-B1
1.20
B
-
N
1
A
-
V
1
N
1
.5
R
1
.5
V
-
N
1
A
-
G
1
V
-
B
1
X
M
1
E D M
POTENZIOMETRO
POSTERIORE
MONITOR
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X
M
2
S29
RKZ04630
COMPONENTS
H33   2WS warning lamp
H34   Round steering warning lamp
H35   Crab steering warning lamp
S7   2WS steering button
S8   Round steering button
S9   Crab steering button
S28   Front axle alignment sensor
S29   Rear axle alignment sensor
Y1   4WS solenoid valve
Y2   2WS solenoid valve
Y3   Round steering solenoid valve
Y4   Crab steering solenoid valve
CONNECTORS
X51   Chassis cable 12 way connector
X52   Steering buttons 13 way connector
X53   Extension 1 way connector
X54   Front axle 3 way connector
X55   Rear axle 3 way connector
X56   Rear potentiometer 3 way connector
X61   4WS solenoid valve 2 way connector
X62   2WS solenoid valve 2 way connector
X63   Round steering solenoid valve 2 way connector
X64   Crab steering solenoid valve 2 way connector
XE   EDM 7 way connector
XM1  Monitor 20 way connector
XM2  Monitor 18 way connector
10-94
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (6/7)
10-95
WB97S-2
8   9 7 5 4   6 2   3
X
D
1
1
54D 49   54S 57/58
L 31 56b 56a   30
DEVIO LUCI
DX
SX
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
X
D
1
1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20
RKZ03250
CONNECTORS
XD1   Lights switch 9 way connector
10-96
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (7/7)
10-97
WB97S-2
X1   X4   X6   X8
X2   X3   X5   C04   X9
F1A
F1B
F1C
F2A
F2B
F2C
F3A
F3B
F3C
F4A
F4B
F4C
F5A
F5B
F5C
F6A
F6B
F6C
F7A
F7B
F7C
K2   K4   K6   K8
K1   K3   K5   K7
K9
RKZ03140
COMPONENTS
K1   Forward speed relay
K2   Reverse speed relay
K3   Insert DT relay
K4   Safety start relay
K5   Low beam relay
K6   Main beam relay
K7   Lights switch relay
K8   Horn relay
K9   Flasher unit
FUSES
F1A   Low beam fuse 15A
F1B   Right traffic light fuse 3A
F1C  Left traffic light 3A
F2A   Beacon fuse 10A
F2B   Radio and cabin lamp fuse 7.5A
F2C  Warning fuse 10A
F3A   Safety start fuse 7.5A
F3B   Switch + warning light + return to dig fuse 7.5A
F3C  Optional valve fuse 7.5A
F4A   4WD-windshield wiper/washer fuse 7.5A
F4B   Forward-reverse speed fuse 10A
F4C  High beam fuse 15A
F5A   Blower motor switch fuse 15A
F5B   Rear working light switch fuse 15A
F5C  Front working light switch fuse 15A
F6A   Windshield wiper-washer switch fuse 15A
F6B   Lights switch fuse 7.5A
F6C  Warning power fuse 10A
F7A   Monitor fuse 7.5A
F7B   Horn fuse 10A
F7C  Fuel shut off fuse 7.5A
10-98
  WB97S-2
Normal or standard technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Special tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Measuring engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Adjusting valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Measuring compression pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Testing and adjusting fuel injection timing . . . . . . . . . 20
Checking and tightening the fan - belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Checking and tightening the compressor
fan - belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Measuring accelerator pedal operating travel
and accelerator lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Adjusting brake pedal travel, brake alignment,
microswitches  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Air bleeding - releasing residual pressure . . . . . . . . . . 27
Checking and setting pressure in the attachments
hydraulic circuit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Testing and adjusting of load sensing signal
(LS valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Checking unloading valve functionality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Testing pump delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Testing priority valve operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Testing and setting steering
control system pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Testing brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Control of the engine speed under load  . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Testing pressures in the power train group. . . . . . . . . 46
Testing the correct functioning  of the
power train clutches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Adjusting the sensor for Return to Dig device. . . . . . 49
Analysis of causes hydraulic drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Testing the air-conditioning  unit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
20-1
When  carrying  out   controls,   adjustments  or   analyses  for   troubleshooting,   park  the  machine  on  firm,   level
ground. Apply all the machine safety devices and use blocks to prevent any machine movement.
When more than one person is engaged in the work, use the prescribed notices that indicate that the machine
is undergoing maintenance. Do not allow any unauthorised  persons to remain in the vicinity.
When checking the level of the cooling liquid, wait until this liquid has cooled. If the radiator cap is removed
while the liquid  is still hot and under pressure, it may cause severe burns.
Take great care not to get entangled in moving parts (fan, alternator belt or any of the rotating elements).
WB97S-2
Machine model   WB97S-2
Engine   S4D106-1FA
Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Engine speed
High idling
Low idling
Set speed
rpm
rpm
rpm
2375w50
1050w50
2200
2375 2425
1000 1100
Exhaust gas
colour
Sudden acceleration
At high idling speed
Bosch
index
0.9
0.5
1.5
1.0
Valve clearance
  Intake valve (20C)
Exhaust valve (20C)
mm
mm
0.3w0.5
0.3w0.5
Max. 0.35
Max. 0.35
Compression
pressure
(SAE30 oil)
Oil temperature 69  72C
(Engine  speed)
kg/cm
2
rpm
35w1
250
28w1
250
Blow - by
pressure
(oil SAE30)
Water  temperature in operating range
At high idling speed
  mm H
2
O
  
Engine oil
pressure
Max. idling (in cold state)
At set speed
At low idling
kg/cm
2
kg/cm
2
kg/cm
2
Max. 6
4.5
1
Max. 6
4 5
Min. 1
Oil temperature   Entire  speed range   C   120   Max. 120
Fuel injection
timing
  B.T.D.C.   degrees   12.5   11.5 13.5
Fan belt
tension
Deflection  when pressed with finge force
of approx. 10 kg
  mm   10   10 15
NORMAL OR  STANDARD TECHNICAL  DATA
.  FOR ENGINE
20-2
  WB97S-2
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Accelerator  pedal
.   Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55 C.
.   Converter oil temperature:
80 C
.   Engine oil temperature
cooling circuit:
in the limits.
Max.
rpm
2375w50   2325 2425
Min.   1050w50   1000 1100
Accelerator   fuel
.   Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55 C.
.   Converter oil temperature:
80 C
.   Engine oil temperature
cooling circuit:
in the limits.
Max.   1700w50   1650 1750
Min.   1050w50   1000 1100
All controls
(front  bucket and
backhoe)
mm
,   a   b   c   ,   a   b   c
41.5   8   8   5            
For front  shovel arm
command  only
(with  floating arm)
41.5   8   8   5            
Front bucket tilt lever
control
.   Engine stopped
.   At the centre
of knob lever
.   Valve reading
at the end of
working stroke
.   Attachments
on the ground
Neutral
  Raise
Lower
mm
80   60  100
Front bucket control
lever
  Neutral
  Dump
Curled
  115   90  140
Front bucket control
lever
  Neutral
  Raise
Lower
  100   80  120
Arm backhoe  control
lever
  Neutral
  Opening
Closing
  100   80  120
Bucket  backhoe
control lever
  Neutral
  Opening
Closing
  100   80  120
Boom swing backhoe
control lever
  Neutral
  Right
Left
  100   80  120
Outriggers  control
lever
  Neutral
  Up
Down
  50   35 65
Fuel  control lever   Min.   Max.   70   50 90
Jig arm control pedal   Neutral
  Out
In
15
30
10 20
20 40
Hammer and side digging
boom control pedal
  Neutral
  Right
Left
15
30
10 20
20 40
.  FOR MACHINE
20-3
WB97S-2
E
n
g
i
n
e
s
p
e
e
d
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
v
a
l
v
e
T
r
a
v
e
l
o
f
l
e
v
e
r
s
a
n
d
p
e
d
a
l
s
RKZ02580
a   b   c
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Accelerator  pedal
.   Engine
stopped
.   At the centre
of knob lever
.   Valve reading
at the end of
working stroke
.   Attachments
on the ground
Min.   Max.   mm   80   60  100
Wheel  swing
  Right
Left
Left
Right
  rev.   Max. 2.5   2.2  2.5
Front bucket tilt lever
control
.   Engine speed: max.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Tool connection at the centre of knob
(for levers)
.   Tool connection on edge
(for pedals)
kg
2.5   2  3
Front bucket control
lever
  2.5   2  3
Boom control
lever
  1.5   1  2
Arm control
lever
  1.5   1  2
Bucket  control lever   1.5   1  2
Boom swing
control lever
  1.5   1  2
Outriggers  control
lever
  3   2.5  3.5
Fuel  control lever   12   10  14
Jig arm control pedal
In
4
8
3  4
6 10
Out
Hammer and side
digging  boom control
pedal
8   6 10
Accelerator  pedal   3   2  4
Brake pedal   30   Max. 60
.  FOR MACHINE
20-4
  WB97S-2
T
r
a
v
e
l
o
f
l
e
v
e
r
s
a
n
d
p
e
d
a
l
s
F
o
r
c
e
f
o
r
l
e
v
e
r
s
a
n
d
p
e
d
a
l
s
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
2-3-Spool  control valve
.   Engine speed: max.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C 55 C
bar
200   200w7
6-7-8-Spool  control valve   200   200w7
Steering  unit (safety)   .   Check on test bench   240   240w7
Front bucket
(curled)  ]
.   Engine speed: max.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Check one circuit at the time
]   Check on test bench
bar
235   235w7
Optional   230   230w7
Front bucket (dump)   175   175w7
Boom (raising)  ]   305   305w7
Boom (lowering)   235   235w7
Arm (Closing)   235   235w7
Boom swing   245   245w7
Bucket  (curled)   235   235w7
Side digging  boom
(right-left)
  275   275w7
Hammer (delivery)   165   165w7
Steering  unit   175   175w7
.  FOR MACHINE
20-5
WB97S-2
M
a
i
n
v
a
l
v
e
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
s
o
f
s
e
c
o
n
d
a
r
y
v
a
l
v
e
s
c
i
r
c
u
i
t
s
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
With converter
.   Engine speed (without load): 2375w50
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Converter oil temperature: 80C
.   Machine in 4
th
gear
.   Working brakes applied
rpm
2275w50   2225 2525
With converter and
hydraulic circuit
.   Engine speed: 2375w50
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Converter oil temperature: 80C
.   Machine in 4
th
gear
.   Working brakes applied
.   Front bucket curled stop
.   Steering stop
2200w50   2150 2250
With converter
(TBG version)
.   Engine speed: 2375w50
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 55 C
.   Converter oil temperature: 80 C
.   Machine in 3
rd
gear
.   Working brakes applied
2200w50   2150 2250
With converter and
hydraulic circuit
(TBG version)
.   Engine speed (without load): 2375w50
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 55 C
.   Converter oil temperature: 80 C
.   Machine in 3
rd
gear
.   Working brakes applied
.   Front bucket curled stop
.   Steering stop
2200w50   2150 2250
.  FOR MACHINE
20-6
  WB97S-2
E
n
g
i
n
e
s
p
e
e
d
(
w
i
t
h
l
o
a
d
)
C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Complete  working
equipment
(Tip lowering  of
bucket teeth)
Measuring posture
.   In this position check in feedback of each
cylinder   and   the   leakage   with   applied
load on the tip of bucket teeth.
.   Ground level.
.   Bucket: normal load (1500 kg)
.   Engine stopped
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Check measures as soon as engine
stops.
.   Check changes every 5 min. and the total
change in 15 min.
mm
250   400
Cylinders
(cylinder  in)
  30   45
Bucket  cylinder
(cylinder  in)
  15   25
Complete  working
equipment
(Tip lowering  of
bucket teeth)
Measuring posture
.   In  this   position  check   the  extension  of
each  cylinder  and  the  leakage  with  nor-
mal load on the bucket.
.   On level ground.
.   Bucket : normal load (450 kg)
.   Engine stopped
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Check   measures   as   soon   as   engine
stops.
.   Check changes every 5 min. and the total
change in 15 min.
mm
300   450
Boom cylinders
(cylinder  out)
  35   50
Arm cylinder
(cylinder  out)
  15   25
Bucket  cylinder
(Cylinder  in)
  10   15
.  FOR MACHINE
20-7
WB97S-2
H
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c
d
r
i
f
t
w
o
r
k
i
n
g
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
B
a
c
k
h
o
e
F
r
o
n
t
b
u
c
k
e
t
RKZ04310
~10
RKZ00420
1m
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Boom swing
.   Oil temperature: 45 55 C
.   Backhoe  balanced  on  the  guides  bucket
in transport condition.
.   Arm and bucket cylinder in. Put the buc-
ket   link  pin  at   1  meter  from  ground  and
swing  at   end  of   boom  stroke  in  one  of
the two direction.
.   Move the machine on a chute of 15 and
apply the parking brake.
.   Stop   the   engine   and,   after   1   minute,
check   the   cylinder   feed   back   opposite
to  the  boom  every  5  min.   for   a  total   of
15 minutes.
H   Make the test for each swing direction.
mm
15   25
Outriggers
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced.
.   Boom and arm cylinders in,
bucket cylinder out
.   Outriggers at maximum extension.
.   Engine stopped.
.   Check  the  frame  lowering  for  each  side
every 5 min. for a total of 15 minutes.
15   25
.  FOR MACHINE
20-8
  WB97S-2
H
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c
d
r
i
f
t
w
o
r
k
i
n
g
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
B
a
c
k
h
o
e
RKZ00490
Max
RKZ04320
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Boom
.   Engine: Max. speed
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Leaking  check:  on  the  cylinder  opposite
side to the pressure one.
H   Check 1 cylinder at a time.
H   For  tilt  front  bucket,  front  bucket  and  for
swing, check the two cylinders separate-
ly.
mm
2.0
(each cylinder)
  Max. 8.0
Bucket
  1.6
(each cylinder)
  Max. 6.0
Boom   3.3   Max. 13.5
Arm   3.0   Max. 12.0
Bucket   2.4   Max. 9.5
Boom swing   3.2   Max. 13.0
Outriggers   3.3   Max. 13.5
Side digging   2.0   Max. 8.0
Jig arm   1.6   Max. 6.0
.  FOR MACHINE
20-9
WB97S-2
C
y
l
i
n
d
e
r
l
e
a
k
i
n
g
B
a
c
k
h
o
e
F
r
o
n
t
b
u
c
k
e
t
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Tilt  lever front
bucket
Bucket  on level ground
Cylinders  extended out
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Max.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
sec.
3.9   3.3  4.5
2.6   2.2  3.0
Front bucket
Cylinder  extended out
Cylinder  in
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Max.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
2.6   2.2  3.0
3.5   3.0  4.0
Boom
Teeth bucket on level
ground
Cylinder  in
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed:   1900 rpm
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced
2.6   2.2  3.0
1.9   1.6  2.2
Arm
Cylinder  in
Cylinder  extended out
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: 1900 rpm
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced
4.5   3.9  5.1
3.6   3.1  4.1
Bucket
Cylinder  in
Cylinder  extended out
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: 1900 rpm
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced
3.1   2.7  3.5
2.6   2.2  3.0
.  FOR MACHINE
20-10
  WB97S-2
W
o
r
k
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
s
p
e
e
d
B
a
c
k
h
o
e
F
r
o
n
t
b
u
c
k
e
t
D
u
m
p
C
u
r
l
e
d
O
p
e
n
i
n
g
C
l
o
s
i
n
g
L
o
w
e
r
e
d
R
a
i
s
e
d
D
u
m
p
C
u
r
l
e
d
L
o
w
e
r
e
d
R
a
i
s
e
d
RKZ04330
RKZ04340
RKZ00430
RKZ00440
RKZ00450
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Boom swing
Left end  travel
Right end travel
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: 1900 rpm
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced
.   Arm vertical
sec.
4.5   3.9  5.1
4.5   3.9  5.1
Outriggers
All extended
All raised
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: 1900 rpm
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Backhoe balanced
.   Dowel joint locking: applied
.   Rear wheels raised
.   Outriggers at maximum extension
2   1.8  2.2
2   1.8  2.2
.  FOR MACHINE
20-11
WB97S-2
W
o
r
k
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
s
p
e
e
d
B
a
c
k
h
o
e
L
o
w
e
r
i
n
g
L
i
f
t
i
n
g
L
e
f
t
R
i
g
h
t
RKZ00520
RKZ02570
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Tilt  lever front
bucket
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Min.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Check  the  time  necessary  to  lift   bucket
from level ground.
sec.
0   Max. 2
Boom
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Min.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   With  attachments   fully   extended,   lower
the  boom  and  check  the  necessary  time
from the beginning of machine lifting until
bucket is on level ground.
0   Max. 2
Arm
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Min.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Put   boom  at   45,   open  completely  the
arm with curled bucket. Extend arm cylin-
der and check the time passing between
arm  stop  at   dead  centre  and  the  restart
movement.
0   Max. 2
.  FOR MACHINE
20-12
  WB97S-2
W
o
r
k
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
T
i
m
e
l
a
g
s
RKZ04330
RKZ00460
RKZ00471
45
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
  Check item   Test conditions   Unit
  Standard
value
Permissible
value
Bucket
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Min.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Put   arm  in  horizontal   position.   Tilt   back
bucket cylinder an then extend it.
Check  the  time  passing  between  bucket
stop at dead centre and the restart move-
ment.
sec.
0   Max. 2
Outriggers
Measuring posture
.   Engine speed: Min.
.   Oil temperature: 45 55C
.   Boom, arm and bucket fully retracted and
putted in machine centre position.
.   Check  the  time  necessary  for  outriggers
to raise the machine from when they lean
on level ground.
H   Check each outrigger at a time.
0   Max. 2
.  FOR MACHINE
20-13
WB97S-2
W
o
r
k
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
T
i
m
e
l
a
g
s
RKZ00480
RKZ00520
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
.   Piston pump P1 delivery.
.   Working mode: Economy.
.   Pump speed: 2200 rpm
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45  55C.
H   When  measuring  deliveries  with  the  pump  mounted  on  the  machine,  it  becomes  difficult  to  use  the
accelerator to set the number of engine rpm corresponding to the test speed prescribed for the pump.
Measure the delivery with the engine set to 2200 rpm, and perform a proportional calculation to find
the delivery value required for the test.
20-14
  WB97S-2
P
u
m
p
s
c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
Portata massima
(teorica)
Portata minima
ammessa
0
200
(204)
280
(285,7)
Q (/min) 40   120 80
P
(
b
a
r
)
 
 
(
k
g
/
c
m
2
)
40
(40,8)
80
(81,6)
160
(163,2)
120
(124,5)
240
(244,9)
320
(326,5)
160
RKZ02611
Max. delivery
(theoretical)
Delivery
(lower limit)
Machine model   WB97S-2
Classifi-
cation
.   Piston pump P1 delivery.
.   Working mode: Power
.   Pump speed: 2200 rpm
.   Hydraulic oil temperature: 45  55C.
H   When  measuring  deliveries  with  the  pump  mounted  on  the  machine,  it  becomes  difficult  to  use  the
accelerator to set the number of engine rpm corresponding to the test speed prescribed for the pump.
Measure the delivery with the engine set to 2200 rpm, and perform a proportional calculation to find
the delivery value required for the test.
20-15
WB97S-2
0
200
(204)
280
(285,7)
Q (/min) 40   120 80
P
(
b
a
r
)
 
 
(
k
g
/
c
m
2
)
Portata massima
(teorica)
Portata minima
ammessa
40
(40,8)
80
(81,6)
160
(163,2)
120
(124,5)
240
(244,9)
320
(326,5)
160
RKZ02621
Max. delivery
(theoretical)
Delivery
(lower limit)
P
u
m
p
s
c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
Measurement check point   Symbol   Code   Name   Q.ty   Note
Valve clearance   A   1
  Commercially
available
  Feeler gauge   1   
Compression pressure   B
1
ATR800280
Compression  gauge   1   
2   Adapter   1   
Engine speed   C
1
  Commercially
available
  Multiscale tachometer   1   20 - 4000 rpm
2   ATR800060   Stroboscopic tachometer   1   6 - 30000 rpm
Oil and  water temperature   D   1
  Commercially
available
  Digital  thermometer   1    50 - 1200C
Hydraulic pressure
E
1   ATR800170   Pressure  gauge   2   Full scale 60 bar
2   ATR800150   Pressure  gauge   1   Full scale 250 bar
3   ATR800140   Pressure  gauge   1   Full scale 400 bar
4   ATR800010   Pressure  gauge   1   Full scale 600 bar
5
ATR800200
(Only for Europe)
Servocontrol  kit
Differential  digital
pressure  gauge
1   0  1000 bar
6
F
1   Flow-meter   1   Delivery:   0 300  ,/min
2   Pipe fitting kit   1   
G   1   ATR201490   Tank cap   1   Pump air bleeding
Braking group   H
1
ATR201500
Tool to check
leaktightness  of brakes
  1   
2   Union  kit   1   
Hand brake   L   1
  Commercially
available
  Spring  dynamometer   1   Full scale 20 kg
Air-conditioning  unit   M
1
  Commercially
available
  Maintenance station   1   For Coolant R134a
2
  Commercially
available
  Thermometer-Hygrometer   1
  Sampling  every 15
seconds
3
  Commercially
available
  Leak detector   1   For coolant R134a
SPECIAL  TOOLS
20-16
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   SPECIAL TOOLS
WB97S-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   MEASURING  ENGINE  SPEED
20-17
MEASURING ENGINE SPEED
When   checking   engine   speed,   be   careful   not   to
touch  high  temperature  parts  and  not  to  get  caught
in rotating parts.
H   Check speed when following condition are reached:
.   Engine water cooling temperature: 68  80C.
.   Hydraulic oil temperature:  45 55C.
1 - Remove the air filter (1) and release the heating lines
from the hose-clamp (2).
2 - Install and connect C1 tachometer.
H   If using C2 stroboscopic tachometer, mark a light
notch on, engine pulley for an easier reading.
3 - Start engine and check:
.   Low  idling  speed  without  load  (accelerator  pedal
released in minimum position).
.   High idling speed without load (accelerator pedal
at the travel end).
H   Low idling speed: 1050w50 rpm
H   High  idling speed: 2375w50 rpm
H   If   low  and  high  idling  speed  with  engine  without
load   are   not   within   permissible   value,   before
going on with other operations, check accelerator
pedal  stoppers  and wiring  sheathings.  (See  AC-
CELERATOR  LEVER ADJUSTING).
WB97S-2
RKZA1763
1
2
RKZA5300
C1
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE
H   Engine: in cold state.
H   Adjust clearance between valves and rocker levers as
follows:
Unit: mm
At cold
engine
Intake-exhaust
0.30w0.05
H   Firing order: 1-3-4-2-1..... at 180 step.
H   Normal   rotation  sense:   counterclockwise  from  flyw-
heel
H   The cylinder N 1 is on the opposite fan side.
.   Adjusting procedure
1 -   Remove  air   cleaner   (1),   intake  manifold  (2)   and
valves cover (3).
2 -   Rotate  crankshaft   in  normal   direction  as  long  as
cylinder   piston  to  be  checked  is  at   compression
Top Dead Center (PMS).
H   In   this   position   intake   and   exhaust   valves   are
closed.
3 -   Loose lock nut (4) and unscrew tappet (5) of about
1 turn.
H   Check that valve insert (6) is laying flat on val-
ve stem and that it is not worn askew.
1 -   If valve inserts (6) are damaged, replaced
them with new ones.
2 -   Make sure that inserts feet and lay flat on
valve stem.
4 -   Connect A1 feeler gauge between insert and roc-
ker  lever  to  adjust;  rotate  the  tappet  (5)  until   tou-
ching A1 feeler gauge.
Tight tappet (5) with lock nut (4).
Nut: 14.7 19.6 Nm
H   After  tightening  the  lock  nut,   check  the  clea-
rance again.
5 -   Adjust with same procedures second cylinder val-
ve  and  repeat  same  operation  for  the  other  cylin-
ders, according to the firing order.
.   Cover  valves  installation
1 -   Check condition of cover valves (3), gasket (7), O-
Rings (8) and lock nuts (9); clean carefully contact
surface on cylinder head.
2 -   Install   valves  cover   (3),   fit   O-Rings  (8)   and  lock
nuts (9).
Cover lock nut: 25w3 Nm
20-18
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTING  VALVE CLEARANCE
WB97S-2
RKZA5310
1
3
2
RKZ01910
6
6
4
5
SI   NO YES   NO
RKZ01920
5
  4
A1
RKZ01930
8
9
3
7
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   MEASURING  COMPRESSION  PRESSURE
20-19
MEASURING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
.   When  measuring  the  compression  pressure  be
careful not to get caught in cooling fan, in the al-
ternator belt or in other rotating parts.
.   For this measurement the engine should be up to
working   temperature.   Take   every   precaution
against burns.
.   Check all cylinders.
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: at operating temperature
.   Hydraulic oil: 55  60 C.
.   Battery: at full charge
.   Valve clearance:
adjusted (see ADJUSTING VALVE)
1 - Disconnect high pressure pipe (1).
2 - Remove nozzle holder assembly (2) of cylinder to be
checked.
3 - Disconnect connector (3) of fuel cut-off solenoid valve
(4).
4 - Crank engine with starting motor.
5 - Install B2 adapter and connect B1 pressure gauge
H   Check that seal is installed in the adapter and that
it is not damaged.
6 - Crank  engine  with  starting  motor  and  measure  com-
pression pressure.
H   Measure  the  compression  pressure  at   the  point
where the pressure gauge indicator remains stea-
dy.
H   When   measuring   the   compression   pressure,
check  also  engine  speed  with  C2  stroboscopic
tachometer;   if   speed  is  not   within  the  specified
range,  refer to diagram.
H   Compression  value:
Normal: 35w1 kg/cm
2
at 250 rpm
Minimum  permissible:   28w1 kg/cm
2
at 250 rpm
H   Difference  between cylinders: 2  3 kg/cm
2
7 - After   measuring,   install   the  nozzle  holder   assembly
(2),   connect   high  pressure  pipe,   feedback  pipe  and
connector (3).
Nozzle holder collar bolts: 9.8 11.8 Nm
High pressure union:  19.6 24.5 Nm
WB97S-2
RKZA5320
2
1
RKZA5330
4
3
RKZA5340
B1
B2
RKZ01940
35
40
30
25
20
200   250   300   350   400
Velocit motore (giri/min)
P
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
e
 
d
i
 
c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
e
(
k
g
/
c
m
2
)
C
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
Engine speed  (rpm)
TESTING AND ADJUSTING  FUEL INJECTION  TIMING
H   Check   fuel   injection   timing   of   N.1   cylinder   by
means of N.1 delivery valve of injection pump.
H   Cylinders  are  numbered  1-2-3-4  starting  from  fly-
wheel side.
1 - Rotate crankshaft using engine pulley and put N. 1cy-
linder piston at top dead centre (PMS).
H   Top  dead  centre  (PMS)  is  shown  by  notch  (4)  on
pulley  (1)   positioned  on  zero   of   the  scale  (5)
and by closing of both cylinder N. 1 valves.
H   If the notch (4) of pulley (1) is in zero position on
the  scale  (5)   but   cylinders  N.   1  valves  are  not
closed, rotate the crankshaft of 1 turn.
H   After recognition of PMS, rotate the crankshaft in
counterclockwise direction (from pulley side view)
of about 20.
2 - Disconnect  cylinder  N.1  high  pressure  pipe  (2)   from
injection pump.
3 - Rotate  crankshaft   slowly  in  clockwise  direction  from
pulley side view, checking fuel level into the N. 1 de-
livery of injection pump.
4 - Stop pulley (1) rotation as soon as fuel level starts to
increase.
20-20
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  AND ADJUSTING  FUEL INJECTION  TIMING
WB97S-2
RKZ01960
Volano
Cilindro N1
1
N. 1  Cylinder
Flywheel
RKZA5350
1
5
4
N1
RKZA0071
2
RKZ01970
Raccordo
N1
Livello
N. 1  Union
Level
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  AND ADJUSTING  FUEL INJECTION  TIMING
20-21
5 - Check notch (4) position on crankshaft pulley (1) com-
pared with scale (5); reading value corresponds to an-
gle of fuel injection timing.
H   Standard fuel injection timing: 12.5w1
NOTE. Repeat checking more than once.
6 - If  injection  timing  is not  on  standard  value,  rotate  in-
jection  pump  (6)   toward  external   or   toward  engine
after  loosening  pump  nuts  (7)  (quantity  4)  and  pump
lock nuts (8) fixing the bracket (9) to injection pump.
.   To RETARD injection, rotate pump (6) toward ex-
ternal.
.   To  ADVANCE  injection,   rotate  pump  (6)   toward
cylinders block.
7 - Tight   the  pump  lock  nuts  (7)   at   cylinder   block  and
pump lock nut (8) at bracket (9).
Nuts: 34.2  44.1 Nm
Bracket lock nut: 44.1 53.9 Nm
8 - Connect fuel delivery pipe (2) to pump
Delivery pipe union: 19.6 24.5 Nm
WB97S-2
RKZA5360
1
4
5
RKZA5370
9
8
6
7
Lato pompa
Lato carter
Controllo anticipo
d'iniezione
Pump side
Carter side
Testing advance
injector
CHECKING AND  TIGHTENING THE FAN - BELT
1.   Tension check
1 -   Push fan belt (1) at midway point between alterna-
tor (2) and pulley (3) operating water pump; check
the deflection.
With  a  pressure  of  10  kg,  deflection  should  be  of
10  15  mm;   if   this  value  is  not   reached,   tension
fan belt.
H   With new belt, deflection must be of 7  9 mm.
2 .   Fan  belt  tension
1 -   Loosen mounting bolt (4) of the alternator (2) and
mounting bolt (5) of adjustment plate.
2 -   Rotate the alternator (2) to give correct tension to
fan belt (1) and tighten mounting bolts (4) and (5).
3 -   Check fan belt (1) tension.
H   If   belt   has  been  replaced,   check  tension  again
after about 20 operating hours.
Bolts (4): 44.1  53.9 Nm
Bolts (5): 22.5  28.4 Nm
20-22
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   CHECKING  AND TIGHTENING THE FAN  - BELT
WB97S-2
RKZA5700
1
3
  2
RKZA5690
4
5
RKZ01980
Alternatore
Puleggia
albero motore
Puleggia pompa
acqua
1015 mm
Water pump
pulley
Crankshaft
pulley
Alternator
10 15 mm
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   CHECKING  AND TIGHTENING  THE COMPRESSOR FAN  - BELT
20-23
CHECKING AND  TIGHTENING THE COMPRESSOR  FAN  - BELT
1. Checking  tension
1 -   Push  fan  belt   (1)   at   midway  point   between  com-
pressor (2) and pulley (3).
Check the deflection.
With  a  pressure  of  10  kg,  deflection  should  be  of
7  10  mm;   if   this  value  is  not   reached,   tension
fan belt.
H   With new belt, deflection must be of 4  6 mm.
2 .   Fan  belt  tension
1 -   Loosen mounting bolt (4) of the eccentric (5).
2 -   Apply tube on eccentric (5), give correct tension to
fan belt and lock with bolt (4).
3 -   Check fan belt (1) tension
H   If belt has been replaced, check tension again
after about 20 operating hours.
Bolt: 123 Nm
WB97S-2
RKZO3260
1
2
  3
710 mm
RKZA8560
5
4
1
MEASURING ACCELERATOR  PEDAL OPERATING TRAVEL
AND  ACCELERATOR  LEVER
H   Work condition:
.   Machine: in safety conditions.
.   Engine stopped and at working temperature
.   Low and high idling speed: within permissible va-
lue.
H   In  order   to  check  high  speed  engine  idling,
push the accelerator pedal (1) manually.
1.   Accelerator  pedal  travel adjusting
1 -   Make sure that accelerator pedal (1) is fully raised
and accelerator lever (2) is at minimum stroke.
2 -   Check  that  accelerator  lever  (3)  is  in  contact  with
low idling speed adjusting screw (4).
3 -   Adjust nut (5) and lock nut (6) of accelerator pedal
cables   and   hand   accelerator   at   a   distance   of
0.2  0.3 mm from lever (7).
4 -   Push  accelerator  pedal   until   accelerator  lever  (3)
contacts the high idling adjusting  screw (8).
5 -   Adjust the end travel stopper (9) of accelerator pe-
dal (1) in this position and lock it with nut (10).
6 -   Release the accelerator pedal (1).
20-24
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
MEASURING  ACCELERATOR PEDAL OPERATING
TRAVEL AND  ACCELERATOR LEVER
WB97S-2
RKZA8150
1
2
RKZA5390
4   8
3
RKZA5400
7
5   6
RKZA8160
1
9
10
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
MEASURING  ACCELERATOR PEDAL OPERATING
TRAVEL AND  ACCELERATOR LEVER
20-25
2.   Accelerator  lever  travel adjusting
1 -   Remove knob (1), accelerator lever (2) and lateral
cover (3).
2 -   Temporally, re-assembly accelerator lever (2); loo-
sen nut (4) and tight the end lever travel bolt (5) of
some turns.
3 -   Start   engine   and   bring   it   to   the   defined   idling
speed for accelerator lever.
H   Check using the stroboscopic tachometer C2.
H   Engine idling  speed: 1900w50 rpm
4 -   Loosen  end  lever  travel  bolt  (5)  up  to  it  is  in  con-
tact with lever (2) and looked with nut (4).
5 -   Bring  engine  at  low  idling  and  check  accelerator
lever idling speed again pushing lever at end stro-
ke.
WB97S-2
RKZA8750
3
1
2
RKZA5430
4
5
2
ADJUSTING BRAKE PEDAL  TRAVEL,  BRAKE  ALIGNMENT,
MICROSWITCHES
H   Working condition:
.   Engine stopped
.   Machine with attachments on ground level
1 - Check that pedal (1) is near to the stopper (2) and the
pedals side are at "A" measure from cab level.
If necessary, adjust height acting on the stopper (2).
H   "A" measure: 313w3 mm
H   Check that pin (3) can freely run and lock the ped-
als (1).
Master cylinder rod adjustment
2 - Loosen nut (4) locking the adjusting rod (5) and loos-
en until it touches the brake pump  piston seat.
3 - Tighten  the  adjusting  rod  (5)   of   one  turn  (360)   and
lock it with nut (4).
4 - Repeat operations 3. and 4. for the  other pedal.
H   After  tightened  nuts  (4),  check  that  the  adjusting
rod (5) touch the brake pump piston seat simulta-
neously.
Microswitches adjustment
5 - Loosen microswitches (7) locking nuts (6).
6 - Adjust  microswitches  (7)  paying  attention  to  guaran-
tee  (at   pedals  in  neutral   position)   a  minimum  clear-
ance   (about   1   mm)   between   microswitches   body
and the pedal.
Checking adjustment
7 - Verify measure like shown in figure.
H   "A" measure:   at pedal in neutral position
"B" measure:   at master cylinder rod touching the
pump
"C" measure:   with pedal releases microswitch rod.
20-26
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTING BRAKE  PEDAL  TRAVEL,
BRAKE  ALIGNMENT,  MICROSWITCHES
WB97S-2
RKZA8172
1
3
RKZ03671
6
A = 313  3 mm
C = 292 mm
B = 302 mm
1 mm
(0.0394 in.)
7
1
2
RKZ01951
5
2
4
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   AIR BLEEDING  - RELEASING  RESIDUAL PRESSURE
20-27
AIR  BLEEDING  - RELEASING RESIDUAL  PRESSURE
1.   Air  bleeding from pump
H   Air  bleeding  from  pump  (that  means  the  filling  of
pump  body) is necessary:
1 -   When removing pump.
2 -   When removing or replacing connection hoses
between pump and hydraulic tank.
3 -   When   replacing   hydraulic   oil   and   hydraulic
tank overhaul.
The air bleeding is obtained as follows:
1 -   Carry  out  tank  oil   filling  and  close  hydraulic  tank
with plug G1.
2 -   Remove plug (1) of breather pipe (2).
3 -   Connect plug  G1 to low pressure air compressed
connection.
4 -   Introduce slowly and intermittently air compressed
in  the  hydraulic  tank  until   when  flows  out   oil   wi-
thout air bubbles.
H   Max. pressure in tank: 0.5 bar
5 -   Mount plug (1) and lock it.
6 -   Depressurize  slowly  hydraulic   tank,   check  level
and, if necessary, refill tank oil at correct level.
7 -   Start   engine  and  run  it   for   few  minutes   before
bleeding air from the whole system.
2.   Air  bleeding from cylinders
H   When hydraulic cylinders or pipe fitting have been
removed, it is necessary to bleed air before to use
again the machine.
H   Operate  on  a  movement   at   a  time  starting  from
main  cylinders (lifting).
1 -   Start   engine  and  run  it   at   high  idling  speed  for
about 5 min. to worm up oil and to pressurise hy-
draulic system.
2 -   Return engine at low idling speed, extend and re-
tract the interested piston 4-5 times.
H   Extend,   lower  and  retract   pistons  until   about
100 mm from their end of stroke.
3 -   Bring  again  the  engine  at   high  idling  speed  and
repeat   operation  of   point   2;   return  the  engine  at
low idling speed and make a complete travel of pi-
ston  until   the  hydraulic  pump  reaches  its  maxi-
mum pressure.
4 -   Repeat above operation (starting from point 2) for
all cylinders.
WB97S-2
RKZA8180
G1
RKZA8090
1
2
3.   Air  bleeding from oil tank
1 -   Put the machine in oil level check position and re-
move the tank plug.
H   If necessary add oil until reaching the correct
level.
2 -   After  stopping  the  engine  wait  for  some  minutes,
until air bubbles on oil surface are fully disappea-
red.
3 -   Install tank plug.
4.   Hydraulic oil tank  pressurization
1 -   With engine at low idling speed extend slowly, up
to end of stroke, all cylinders.
2 -   Stop the engine and remove tank plug.
3 -   Check   the  condition  of   gasket   and  reassemble
plug.
H   Avoid  to  increase  the  engine  speed  before
completing all air bleeding procedures and af-
ter the pressurization  of oil tank.
H   After air bleeding procedures, operate engine
at low Idling speed for about 10 minutes befo-
re starting to work.
5.   Releasing residual pressure from the  circuits
1 -   Put   work  attachments  on  level   ground,   stop  the
engine.
2 -   Move  all  control  levers  in all  directions  to  release
completely cylinders and main circuit remain pres-
sure.
3 -   Loosen   slowly   oil   filler   tank   to   remove   remain
pressure.
6.   Air  bleeding from braking circuit
H   Above  operation  is  to  be  carried  out   every  time
maintenance is made on braking circuit to remove
or replace a component, or when air entered into
the circuit.
H   Machine must be stopped with attachments on le-
vel ground.
1 -   Make  sure  that   oil   in  brake  system  tank  (1)   is  at
maximum level.
2 -   Remove pedal lock pin.
3 -   Remove   safety   plugs   and   applied   to   bleeding
screws (2) a vinyl hose (3) to catch oil.
4 -   Push brake pedals to bottom and, keeping it pus-
hed,  loosen bleeding  screw  (2) of  the  left  braking
unit until the pedals reach end of their stroke.
5 -   Keeping pedal at the end stroke, tighten bleeding
screw (2).
20-28
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   AIR BLEEDING  - RELEASING  RESIDUAL PRESSURE
WB97S-2
RKZA5460
1
RKZA9050
2
3
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   AIR BLEEDING  - RELEASING  RESIDUAL PRESSURE
20-29
6 -   Release  brake  pedals,   wait   for  few  seconds  and
repeat   above  operations  two  or  three  times  until
from bleeding screw, oil flows out without air bub-
bles.
7 -   Repeat same operations for the right braking unit.
8 -   Disconnect pedal lock pin.
9 -   Push  one  brake  pedal   to  bottom  and,   keeping  it
pushed,   loosen  bleeding  screw  (2)   of   one  of   two
braking  units  until   the  pedal   reaches  end  of   its
stroke.
H   Check  that   oil   flows  out   without   air   bubbles
from bleeding screw (2).
10 -  Repeat same operations for the other braking unit.
H   Check  frequently  the  oil  level  in  the  tank  and
carry  out   filling  every  time  level   approaches
to minimum.
H   After  air  bleeding  apply  on  screws  (2)   safety
plugs.
7.   Checking air bleeding from braking circuit
1 -   Start engine, remove block from wheels.
Lower   the   backhoe   outrigger   and   force   them
downwards in order to raise the rear wheels.
2 -   Engage   forward/reverse   gear   in   order   to   move
wheels.
3 -   Return  the  machine  in  neutral   and  lower   it   and
stop the engine.
4 -   Apply 50 kg on the pedal and verify measure "D".
5 -   Insert pedal lock pin and applying the same mass
verify the measure "D".
H   "D" measure with one pedal pushed:
not less than 165 mm
H   "D" measure with both pedal pushed:
not less than 170 mm
8.   Emptying the air-conditioning unit
1 -   Connect the maintenance station M1 to the servi-
ce valves (1) and (2) and follow the specific main-
tenance station instructions relative to the draina-
ge of the unit.
2 -   Disconnect the group to be substituted or recondi-
tioned immediately after switching off the mainte-
nance  station.  Plug  the  removed  or  disconnec-
ted  connection  tubes  tightly  and  with  a  mini-
mum of delay.
3 -   Carefully check the quantity of anti-freeze oil reco-
vered  and  contained  in  the  disassembled  parts,
since  the  same  quantity  must   be  replaced  when
the air-conditioning  unit is refilled.
WB97S-2
RKZ03680
D
RKZA8570
2
1
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE  IN THE ATTACHMENTS
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
1.   Introduction
.   On  the  machine  configuration,  one  or  two  spool.
Mechanical   control   valves   have   been   installed
with following function:
Control valve No. 1 (2-3-spools):
for front work attachments control.
Control valve No. 2 (6-7-8-spools):
for rear work attachments control.
.   The two control valves are protected against over-
pressure  by  a  main  relief   valve  (or   general   and
named Pressure cut off valve) with fixed setting.
.   Control valves are feeded by P1 pump total deliv-
ery.
.   P1  pump  delivery  is  checked  by  a  priority  valve
(internal   to  the  control   valve  N.  1)  when  steering
unit is used.
.   Control valves include spools controlling:
2-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
Control   Port
Front bucket (curled - dump)   A1-B1
Front bucket (lifting - lowering)   A2-B2
20-30
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
WB97S-2
RKZ02490
DISTRIBUTORE
PALA ANTERIORE
(2-3 ELEMENTI)
DISTRIBUTORE
RETROESCAVATORE
(6-7-8 ELEMENTI)
VALVOLA
GENERALE
DIESEL
P1
IDROGUIDA
TRASMISSIONE
STEERING UNIT
FRONT SHOVEL
CONTROL VALVE
(2-3 SPOOLS)
POWER TRAIN
DIESEL
P1
MAIN RELIEF
VALVE
BACKHOE
CONTROL VALVE
(6-7-8 SPOOLS)
RKZ02040
A
1   2
B
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
20-31
3-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
Control   Port
Optional attachment   A1-B1
Front bucket (curled - dump)   A2-B2
Front bucket (lifting - lowering)   A3-B3
6-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
Control   Port
Arm (opening - closing)   A1-B1
Boom swing (left - right)   A2-B2
R.H. outrigger (up - down)   A3-B3
L.H. outrigger (up - down)   A4-B4
Bucket cylinder (dump - curled)   A5-B5
Boom cylinder (lifting - lowering)   A6-B6
7-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
(For jig arm)
Control   Port
Jig arm (in - out)   A7-B7
7-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
(For hammer - side  digging boom)
Control   Port
Hammer (R.H. side - L.H. side)   A7-B7
Side digging boom (left - right)   A7-B7
WB97S-2
RKZ02060
A
1   2
B
3
RKZ02070
1   2   3   4   5   6
A
B
RKZ02080
7
A
B
RKZ02090
7
A
B
8-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
(For hammer and jig  arm)
Control   Port
Hammer (R.H. side - L.H. side)   A7-B7
Jig arm (in - out)   A8-B8
2.   Testing and setting general  valves
(Pressure cut off valve)
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: at operating temperature
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55 C
.   Working brakes applied
1 -   Connect   the  pressure  gauge  E3  (400  bar)   to  the
pressure adapter (1) of the front shovel control val-
ve (2).
2 -   Start the engine, bring the hand accelerator lever
up to 1050 rpm and check the nominal pressure of
the main relief valve (pressure cut-off valve) by for-
cing the front bucket to rise to the end of its stroke.
H   Nominal pressure:
221
 1
+6
H   If the  main relief  valve pressure do not corre-
spond  to  the  nominal   values,   they  must   be
re-set   (See   SETTING  THE   MAIN  RELIEF
VALVES AND THE REDUCING VALVES).
3.   Testing and setting secondary valves
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: at operating temperature.
.   Hydraulic oil: 55  60 C.
.   Parking brake: applied.
H   The  pressure  readings  are  to  be  operated  from
the same check point.
1 -   Connect   the  pressure  gauge  E3  (400  bar)   to
the  pressure  adapter  (1)   of   the  backhoe  con-
trol valve (2).
2 -   Start the engine and bring the hand accelera-
tor lever up to 1050 rpm.
20-32
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
WB97S-2
RKZ02050
7
A
8
  B
A
B
RKZA5480
1
2
E3
RKZA5480
1
2
E3
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
20-33
3 -   Set the  main  relief valve  (pressure cut-off  val-
ve) to a value 30 bar higher than the maximum
pressure to be tested.
4 -   Check the single movements pressure.
The secondary valve of backhoe boom lif-
ting,   must   be  checked  and  settled  on
test bench only.
Setting 2-spool control valve secondary valves
Unit: bar
Cylinder and movement   Port   Setting
Front
bucket
Lifting   A1   
Lowering   B1   
Front
bucket
Curled   A2   235w7
Dump  ]   B2
  175w7
]  This setting can be carried without modifing the general valve pres-
sure.
Setting 3-spool control valve secondary valves
Unit: bar
Cylinder and movement   Port   Setting
Front
bucket
Lifting   A1   
Lowering   B1   
Front
bucket
Curled   A2   235w7
Dump  ]   B2
  175w7
Optional
attachment
A3   230w7
B3
  230w7
]  This setting can be carried without modifing the general valve pres-
sure.
Setting 6-spool control valve secondary valves
Unit: bar
Cylinder and movement   Port   Setting
Arm
Closing   A1   235w7
Opening   B1   
Boom swing
Left   A2   245w7
Right   B2   245w7
Right outrigger
Up   A3   
Down   B3   
Left outrigger
Up   A4   
Down   B4   
Bucket
  Dump   A5   
Curled   B5   235w7
Boom
  Lifting  ]   A6   305w7
Lowering   B6   235w7
]  The  setting  must be carried on  test bench only.
WB97S-2
Nominal values  of the reducing valves of the 7-8 element  control valve
(for the other settings, please refer to the 6-element control valve).
Unit: bar
No. of spools   Cylinder  and movement   Port   Setting
7
Hammer
  R.H. side   A7   165w7
L.H. side  ]   B7   
Side digging  boom
  Right   A7   275w7
Left   B7   275w7
Jig arm
In   A7   
Out   B7   
8
Hammer
  R.H. side   A7   
L.H. side  ]   B7   
Jig arm
  In   A8   
Out   B8
  
]  This setting  can be carried  without  modifing the general valve pressure.
H   If valve setting pressure do not correspond to the
indicated  ones,   provide  to  set   them  (see  SET-
TING MAIN AND SECONDARY VALVES).
4 -   Set the general valve pressure to the standard va-
lue.
4.   Main  and secondary valves  setting
.   General valves (Pressure cut off valve (1)
For setting, prepare machine as per pressure te-
sting.
1 -   Loosen lock nut (2).
2 -   Force to the end of its stroke the lever commanding
whichever movement is being used for the tests.
3 -   Adjust pressure with adjusting screw (3).
.   To  INCREASE  pressure,  rotate  in  CLOCKWI-
SE direction.
.   To   DECREASE  pressure,   rotate   in   COUN-
TERCLOCKWISE direction.
4 -   Lock position with nut (2).
20-34
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
WB97S-2
RKZA8100
1
RKZ02241
2
3
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING AND  SETTING  PRESSURE IN
THE ATTACHMENTS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
20-35
.   Secondary valves
For setting, prepare machine as per pressure te-
sting.
H   This setting is valid for all the secondary valve
and has to be carried forcing the movement to
be checked at its end of stroke.
1 -   Loosen lock nut (1).
2 -   Adjust pressure with adjusting screw (2).
.   To INCREASE  pressure, rotate in CLOCKWI-
SE direction.
.   To   DECREASE  pressure,   rotate   in   COUN-
TERCLOCKWISE direction.
3 -   Lock position with nut (1).
Lock nut: 10w1 Nm.
When   terminated   the   setting,   Apply   safety
plug (3) to avoid not authorised tamperings.
4 -   Set the general valve pressure to the standard va-
lue.
WB97S-2
1
2
3
RKZ02010
TESTING AND ADJUSTING  OF LOAD SENSING  SIGNAL
(LS VALVE)
H   Testing conditions.
.   Engine: stopped but at working temperature.
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C.
.   Machine: front equipment on the ground, parking
brake applied and boom and arm fully extended.
1 - Disconnect   hose(1)   from  the  Load  Sensing  line.   In-
stall an thee (2) and reconnect hose (1).
2 - Connect   to  thee  (2)   a  pressure  port   and  gauge  E3
(400 bar).
3 - Connect   to  rear   control   valve  pressure  port   a  pres-
sure gauge E3 (400 bar).
4 - Start the engine and bring it to 2000 rpm; check that
with  no  movements   the  Load  Sensing  pressure  is
6w2 bar.
5 - Raise  boom  up  to  middle  of  stroke;   force  the  move-
ment and read the pressure on both gauges.
6 - Calculate  the  differential   pressure  (iP)   substracting
the  reading  from  the  two  gauges  (control   valve  P  -
Load Sensing PLS).
H   Normal DP: P  PLS= 18w1 bar
H   If   the  iP  value  is  not   inside  the  limits,   carry  out
the Load  sensing valve (3) setting.
1.   Adjusting of  the Load  Sensing valve
1 -   Remove nut (4).
2 -   Loosen nut (5).
3 -   Adjust pressure using adjusting screw (6).
.   To INCREASE  pressure, rotate in CLOCKWI-
SE direction.
.   To   DECREASE  pressure,   rotate   in   COUN-
TERCLOCKWISE direction.
4 -   Lock the position with nut (5).
Lock nut: 21 Nm
5 -   Check gasket (7) and mount nut (4).
Nut: 21 Nm
20-36
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   LOAD  SENSING  SIGNAL (LS VALVE)
WB97S-2
RKZA5501
1
E3
2
RKZA5480
1
2
E3
RKZA5710
RKZ02270
1   3
4   5 6
7
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   CHECKING  UNLOADING VALVE FUNCTIONALITY
20-37
CHECKING UNLOADING VALVE FUNCTIONALITY
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: stopped but at working temperature.
.   Low idling: in the permissible limit.
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C.
.   Machine:   in  safety  condition,   parking  brake  ap-
plied.
.   Control valve lever at neutral position.
1 - Disconnect  hose  (1)  from  the  Load  Sensing  line.  In-
stall an thee (2) and reconnect hose (1).
2 - Connect to thee (2) a pressure port and gauge E1 (60
bar).
3 - Connect gauge E1 (60 bar) to rear control valve pres-
sure port (3).
4 - Start  the  engine  at  low  idling  and  without  any  move-
ment check pressure on both gauges.
H   Normal pressure (P) control valve gauge
27w3 bar
H   Normal pressure Load  Sensing line gauge (PLS):
6w2 bar
(This value is due to the influence of the counter-
pressure present in the steering circuit).
H   If any variations are found, they do not represent
a  problem  provided  that   the  difference  of   21w1
bar between the two readings is respected.
5 - If  the  difference  between  the  two  readings  is  higher
than 21w1 bar, stop the engine and release residual
pressures.
6 - Thoroughly clean the valve (4) and re-install it.
Valve: 20 Nm
7 - If, in spite of cleaning the valve (4), the value of 21w1
bar still does not fall within the tolerance limits, install
a new valve.
WB97S-2
RKZA8740
E1
1
2
RKZA5511
E1
3
RKZA8102
4
TESTING PUMP DELIVERY
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: stopped but at working temperature.
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C.
.   General   valve  (Pressure  cut   off   valve)   and  sec-
ondary valve: within normal limits.
.   Machine:   front   equipment   on  the  ground,   boom
and  arm  fully  extended  and  bucket   fully  curled
and on the ground.
.   Parking brake: applied.
1.   Flow-meter  connection
1 -   Release residual pressure.
2 -   Disconnect bucket bottom side hose (1) and head
side (2).
H   Plug holes to avoid impurity inlet.
3 -   Connect cylinder bottom side hose (1) to the flow-
meter F1 inlet port and connect the cylinder head
side hose to the outlet port.
4 -   Use a tachometer C2 to control that pump delivery
is within the rpm limits during  the test.
H   If  using  a  multiscale  tachometer  C1  mounted
on fuel delivery pipe, check that it is mounted
far from the pipes retainer.
H   Pumps   diagrams   are   refereed   to   constant
idling  for all the use range.
H   When measuring the deliveries with the pump
mounted  on  the  machine  it  becomes  difficult
to use the accelerator to set the engine idling.
Make delivery measurements with the engine
running at a speed close to the test speed and
then make a proportional calculation.
2.   Measurement
1 -   Start the engine and bring it up to 2200 rpm.
2 -   Move the bucket curling lever up to end of stroke
and, with the lever in this condition, adjust the de-
livery pressure with the flowmeter  F1 knob (3).
20-38
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  PUMP  DELIVERY
WB97S-2
RKZA5520
F1
1
2
RKZA5300
C1
Example:
MEASUREMENT
Engine speed: 2144 rpm
Delivery:   153.97 ,/min
PROPORTIONAL  DELIVERY  AT 2200 rpm
153.97   x 2200 = 158 ,/min
2144
RKZA5530
F1
3
PRESSURE
DELIVERY
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  PUMP  DELIVERY
20-39
3 -   Check  the  effective  delivery  flow  and  the  engine
idling  speed  at   each  pressure  increment,   perfor-
ming  different   reading  each  20  bar   pressure  in-
creasing,   extending  the  readings  to  all   the  wor-
king  range  (up  to  the  maximum  value  set   by  the
general valve).
H   Perform more than once the reading to have a
media of the values.
H   Those tests check the Economy mode curve.
H   After checked the pump characteristic curve is
possible to carry out the check of the point of
pump  initial   regulation,   that   means  the  point
where  the  pump  starts  reducing  the  delivery
to preserve the pressure required.
To  obtain  the  exact   position  of   this  diagram
point,   perform  the   pressure-delivery-engine
speed  tests  each  10  bar  a  zone  close  to  the
point found in the preceding test.
4 -   Release pressure to the minimum value using the
flowmeter F1 knob (3) and insert the Power mode
(Speed control  push-button).
5 -   Repeat phase 3 procedure to check Power mode
curve (Power mode).
6 -   Release the Speed control push-button,  reduce
pressure and stop the engine.
7 -   Check the flow - pressure against the value shown
on TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION.
H   If the measured value is lower of more the 7%
than  the  permissible,   it   is  necessary  to  over-
haul of the pump.
8 -   Release the residual pressure.
9 -   Restore the bucket hoses connection to the cylin-
der.
WB97S-2
RKZ02260
0
0
b
a
r
  /min
Power
Economy
Inizio regolazione
Power
Economy
Initial regulation
TESTING PRIORITY  VALVE  OPERATION
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: operating temperature
.   Hydraulic oil: 55  60 C
.   Parking brakes: applied
1.   Testing Load  Sensing  signal
1 -   Connect   a  pressure  gauge  E2  (250  bar)   to  the
pressure adapter (1) of the backhoe control valve.
2 -   Start   the   engine   and   bring   it   to   idle   speed   of
1500 50 rpm.
3 -   Check  on  gauge  E2  pressure  value  with  stopped
steering wheel (21 bar).
4 -   Start a slight steering and check that pressure in-
creases.
5 -   Continue  the  steering  up  to  end  of   stroke  and
check  that,   forcing  the  steering  wheel,   pressure
increases till normal value.
H   Normal pressure: 175w7 bar.
H   If the pressure does not reach the normal va-
lue, re-set the pressure of the  steering unit.
H   If   turning   the   steering   wheel   the   pressure
shown  by  gauge  does  not  change  and  stress
on steering wheel necessary to carry out stee-
ring  is high, check the priority valve (2).
2.   Testing priority  valve  operation
1 -   Remove priority valve plug (3), spring  (4) and  rod
(5).
H   Check and make notes on the direction of as-
sembly.
2 -   Dismantle  the  plug  (6)  and  remove  the  ball   (7)  of
the inside valve and the spring (8).
3 -   Check that the hole (9) and the nozzle (10) are per-
fectly clean.
4 -   Replace  the  spring  (8),   the  ball   (7)   and  the  plug
(6).
Plug: Loctite 542
Plug: 20 Nm
H   Do not allow any Loctite to enter the hole (9).
H   Remove all excess Loctite from the rod (5).
5 -   Lubricate  the  rod  (5)   and  mount   it   in  its  seating,
ensuring that it slides freely.
6 -   Insert the spring (4) and mount the plug (3).
Plug: 100 Nm
7 -   Start the motor, execute several steering manoeu-
vres  and,  if  the  fault  is  not  corrected,  replace  the
complete steering column with a new one.
20-40
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING PRIORITY VALVE OPERATION
WB97S-2
RKZA5540
E2
1
RKZA5550
2
RKZ02220
3
9
4
6
8
7
5
10
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING AND SETTING STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
20-41
TESTING AND SETTING  STEERING CONTROL  SYSTEM  PRESSURE
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: operating temperature
.   Hydraulic oil: 55  60 C
Testing
1 - Connect  a  pressure  gauge  E2  (250  bar)  to  the  pres-
sure adapter (1) of the backhoe control valve.
2 -  Start the engine and bring it to idle speed of 1500w50 rpm
and carry out a total steering.
3 - Forcing the steering wheel at the end of stroke, check
pressure.
H   Normal pressure: 175w7 bar
4 - Check for the other steering direction  too.
Setting
If  pressure  is  not  within  permissible  value,  carry  out  set-
ting acting on upper valve (3) of the steering unit.
1 - Remove plug (4).
2 - Insert a wrench of 4 mm and loosen screw (5).
3 - Adjust pressure with screw (6).
.   To INCREASE pressure rotate in CLOCKWISE di-
rection.
.   To   DECREASE  pressure   rotate   in   COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE direction.
4 - Stop  engine,   lock   the  adjusting  screw  (6)   position
tightening screw (5).
5 - Reassemble plug (4) checking that gasket (7) is on its
seat.
WB97S-2
RKZA5540
E2
1
RKZA5560
3
5   4   7 6
TESTING BRAKE  SYSTEM
H   Test condition:
.   Engine: stopped
.   Machine:   on  solid  and  level   ground,   with  equip-
ment raised and safety devices engaged.
.   Brake pedals: independent, with the container le-
vel at maximum.
The system testing provides in two stages:
1 - Testing circuit and brake pump  tightness.
2 - Leaktightness test of the braking group.
If both the  tests give a positive  result, the leaks
must   be  sought   in  the  pipelines  of   the  braking
system.
1.   Testing circuit  and brake pump tightness
1 -   Disconnect  the  connecting  pipe  (2)  of  the  equali-
zers  from  the  brake  pumps  (1)   of   the  circuit   to
be tested.
2 -   Securely plug the equalizer orifice (plug A).
3 -   Remove the clamp (3) and disconnect the delivery
lines (4) from the pumps. Connect a pressure gau-
ge E2 (250 bar) to the pump (1) being tested.
4 -   Move the brake pedal corresponding to the pump
and  bring  the  circuit  up  to  a  pressure  of  approxi-
mately 120 bar.
H   Do  not   exceed  maximum  permissible  value
that is of 150w5 bar.
5 -   Keep the pedal pushed for at least 2 minutes and
check   that   pedal   pressure  and  position  remain
steady.
H   If the position of the pedal must be changed to
maintain pressure, the pressure loss is due to
leakages inside the pump.
This  can  be  confirmed  by  checking  the  oil.  If
there  are  leakages,   it   will   show  signs  of   mi-
xing.
6 -   Repeat test for the  other brake pump.
2.   Testing braking group leaktightness
1 -   Disconnect   the  delivery   tube  (5)   of   the  braking
group being tested.
2 -   Connect  the  tool  H1  between  the  delivery  line  (5)
and the braking group.
H   Check that the pressure adapter (6) is inserted
between the braking group and the exclusion
valve (7).
3 -   Connect   a  pressure  gauge  E2  (250  bar)   to  the
pressure adapter of the tool H1 and open the cock
(7).
20-42
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  BRAKE SYSTEM
WB97S-2
RKZA5570
1
3
2
RKZA5580
2
4
A
RKZA5590
1
E2
RKZA9190
E2
H1
5
6
7
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING  BRAKE SYSTEM
20-43
4 -   Operate brake pump to feed pressure into the circuit
to maximum  pressure of 150w5 bar.
5 -   Maintaining pressure, close the valve (7) to main-
tain pressure in the braking group being tested.
6 -   Release the brake pedal and check for 2 minutes
the pressure indicated by gauge E2.
H   If  the  pressure  value  shows  a  negative  chan-
ge,   it   means   that   the   braking   piston   seals
are defective.
Further confirmation of the leak can also be ob-
tained by an increase in the oil level in the axle,
which  leads  to  a  mixing  of   the  oils.   Change  all
the   sealing   rings   between   the   axle   sections,
and carry out a complete lubrication oil change.
7 -   Repeat the  test for the  other braking  group, follo-
wing the same method.
8 -   Re-assemble the braking circuit.
After testing and possible repairs, bleed air from
brake  units  (see  AIR  BLEEDING  OF  BRAKE
CIRCUIT).
WB97S-2
CONTROL OF THE ENGINE SPEED UNDER LOAD
H   Test conditions:
.   Engine: stopped but at working temperature.
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C.
.   Power train oil: up to working temperature.
.   Brake pedals: connected by a cotter-pin.
.   Machine:   on   solid   and   level   ground   with   the
equipment raised and safety devices engaged.
Two tests must  be performed:
1 - Speed test with the torque converter under stress.
2 - Speed test with the torque converter and the hydrau-
lic system under stress.
H   The  tests  must  be  performed  after  a  no-load  test
of the engine speed.
(For details, see ENGINE SPEED TESTS).
During the following tests, while accelerating the
engine  with  the  gear  engaged,  the  condition  of
the brake disks can also be checked.
If,  while force is being exerted on the brake pe-
dals, the machine starts to travel (even slowly):
a  -   Release   the   accelerator   immediately   and
stop the engine.
b  -   Check   the   wear   on   the   brake   disks   and
change   them  before   completing  the   tests
(See:   30.   DISASSEMBLY   AND  ASSEM-
BLY - REAR AXLE).
1.   Preparing  the machine
1 -   Prepare the rev. counter C1 to measure the engi-
ne rpm.
H   If mounting an electronic pressure transducer
rev. counter on a diesel delivery line to the in-
jection nozzles, make sure that it is placed far
away from the clamp.
H   If using a stroboscopic tachometer C2, make a
clearly visible notch on the engine pulley to fa-
cilitate the reading.
Make sure that the brake pedals are fastened
together by the cotter pin (1).
2.   Testing  with the torque converter under stress
1 -   Start the motor at MIN. Engage the highest FOR-
WARD gear and brake hard.
2 -   Keeping the machine on the brake, accelerate the
engine  gradually  up  to  high  idling  and  measure
the speed reached.
H   Normal speed:   2275w50 rpm
TBG version:   2200w50 rpm
3 -   Release the accelerator pedal and move on to the
next test.
20-44
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   CONTROL  OF  THE ENGINE SPEED  UNDER LOAD
WB97S-2
RKZA9070
RKZA5300
C1
RKZA8171
1
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   CONTROL  OF  THE ENGINE SPEED  UNDER LOAD
20-45
3.   Testing the torque converter and hydraulic sys-
tem  under stress
1 -   Start the motor at MIN. Engage the highest FOR-
WARD gear and brake hard.
2 -   Keeping  the  machine  on  the  brake,   engage  the
upper FORWARD gear, accelerate the engine gra-
dually and at the same time act on the front bucket
closed (curled) command control valve lever.
3 -   Once  the  maximum  engine  speed  and  the  maxi-
mum pressure of the bucket circuit have been rea-
ched, measure the speed reached by the engine.
H   Normal speed:   2200w50 rpm
TBG version:   2200w50 rpm
.   If  the  revs  of  the  engine  are  higher  than  the  per-
missible  limit,   in  both  tests,   check  the  pressure
of   delivery  to  the  converter  and  the  clutch  pres-
sures.   (See   TESTING  PRESSURES   OF   THE
POWER TRAIN GROUP).
.   If the revs of the engine are lower than the permis-
sible limit, check the condition of the air filter, and
the conditions of the engine compression, the tim-
ing, the injection pump, and the valve clearances.
WB97S-2
TESTING PRESSURES IN THE  POWER  TRAIN  GROUP
The  power  train  group  can  be  used  to  perform  pressure
tests  on  the  internal   hydraulic  circuit.   These  are  useful
for identifying malfunctions.
Specifically, the tests involve:
1 - Converter oil pressure.
2 - Clutch  engagement   pressures  for  both  directions  of
travel.
H   Test conditions:
.   Engine: stopped.
.   Brake pedals: connected by a cotter pin.
.   Machine:   on  solid  and  level   ground  with  the  equip-
ment raised and safety devices engaged.
1.   Preparing  the machine
1 -   Prepare the rev. counter C1 to measure the engi-
ne rpm.
H   If mounting an electronic pressure transducer
rev. counter on a diesel delivery line to the in-
jection nozzles, make sure that it is placed far
away from the line-clamp.
H   If using a stroboscopic tachometer C2, make a
clearly visible notch on the engine pulley to fa-
cilitate the reading.
Make sure that the brake pedals are fastened
together by the cotter pin (1).
2.   Converter oil  pressure
1 -   Remove the plug (P28) and connect the pressure
gauge E6.
2 -   Start  the  engine  and  heat  the  engine  and  all   the
fluids up to working temperature. In particular ma-
ke sure that the power train oil reaches a tempera-
ture of 80w5 C.
3 -   With the engine at MIN, check the pressure on the
pressure gauge E6.
H   Normal pressure: MIN. 1 bar - MAX. 6 bar
4 -   Gradually increase the rev speed to 2200 rpm. Ta-
ke a new reading from the pressure gauge E6.
5 -   Bring  the  engine  back  to  MIN  and  compare  the
pressure with the normal value.
H   Normal pressure: MIN. 6 bar - MAX. 11 bar
H   If the maximum pressure value drops to below
the   permissible  lower   limit,   the  power   train
pump  needs an overhaul.
20-46
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING PRESSURES  IN THE POWER  TRAIN  GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA9070
RKZA5300
C1
RKZA8171
1
RKZO4430
P20
P19
P28
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING PRESSURES  IN THE POWER  TRAIN  GROUP
20-47
3.   Clutch engagement  pressure
1 -   Remove the cab floor.
2 -   Remove the plug (P20) and connect the pressure
gauge E6.
3 -   Start  the  engine  and  heat  the  engine  and  all   the
fluids up to working temperature. In particular ma-
ke sure that the power train oil reaches a tempera-
ture of 80w5 C.
4 -   Bring the engine up to MIN (idling) and check the
pressure on the pressure gauge E6.
H   Normal pressure: max 14  16 bar
5 -   Gradually increase the rev speed up to 2200 rpm.
Take a new reading from the pressure gauge E6.
6 -   Bring  the  engine  back  to  MIN  and  compare  the
pressure with the normal value.
H   Normal pressure: 15  17 bar
7 -   Remove   the   pressure   adapter   and   replace   the
plug (P20).
Cap: 23 Nm
8 -   Repeat   the  same  test   for   the  FORWARD  gear,
reading  the  pressure  from  the  orifice  protected
by the plug (P19).
.   If the pressures are different for the two travel
directions,   there  is  a  loss  of   pressure  on  the
clutch piston with lower pressure.
WB97S-2
RKZA8590
P20
P19
E6
TESTING THE CORRECT  FUNCTIONING OF THE
POWER TRAIN CLUTCHES
H   Test conditions:
.   Engine: stopped.
.   Brake pedals: connected by a cotter pin.
.   Machine:   on   solid   and   level   ground   with   the
equipment raised and safety devices engaged.
H   This test must be performed after having checked
the pressures  of the power train group.
1.   Preparation of  the machine
1 -   Prepare a rev. counter to measure the engine rpm.
H   If mounting an electronic pressure transducer rev.
counter  on  a  diesel   delivery  line  to  the  injection
nozzles, make sure that it is placed far away from
the line-clamp.
H   If   using  a  stroboscopic  tachometer   C2,   make  a
clearly visible notch on the engine pulley to facil-
itate the reading.
Make  sure  that  the  brake  pedals  are  fastened  toge-
ther by the cotter pin (1).
During the following tests, during the engine accele-
ration phase with the gear engaged, the condition of
the brake disks can also be checked.
If,  while  force  is  being  exerted  on  the  brake  pedals,
the machine starts to travel (even slowly):
a - Release the accelerator immediately and stop the
engine.
b  - Check  the  wear  on  the  brake  disks  and  change
them before completing the tests (See: 30. DIS-
ASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY - REAR AXLE).
2.   Testing
1 -   Start  the  engine  and  heat  the  engine  and  all   the
fluids up to working temperature. In particular ma-
ke sure that the power train oil reaches a tempera-
ture of 80w5 C.
2 -   With  the  engine  in  idling  condition,  accelerate  to
MAX  and  check  that  in this  condition the  revs re-
main   within   permissible   limits.   (See   TESTING
ENGINE SPEED).
3 -   Brake hard and bring the engine up to MAX.
4 -   Maintaining  the  braking  action  and  the  accelera-
tion, engage  the  FORWARD gear and  check  that
the engine speed decreases until it is once again
within permissible limits (See TESTING THE EN-
GINE SPEED UNDER STRESS).
5 -   Repeat this test in REVERSE gear.
H   If the revs are high than the permissible limits,
the clutches are worn, and must be replaced.
20-48
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
TESTING  THE CORRECT FUNCTIONING
OF  THE POWER TRAIN CLUTCHES
WB97S-2
RKZA9070
RKZA5300
C1
RKZA8171
1
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTING  THE SENSOR  FOR RETURN TO DIG  DEVICE
20-49
ADJUSTING THE  SENSOR  FOR RETURN TO DIG DEVICE
H   Adjustment  conditions:
.   Machine: on solid and level ground.
.   Engine: stopped.
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C
.   Parking brake: engaged.
1 - Rest the bucket on the ground, making sure that the
bottom is perfectly parallel to the surface.
2 - Stop the engine and remove the sensor guard (1).
3 - Check that there is a distance 3  4 mm between the
sensor (2) and  the rod  (3)
H   If necessary loosen the nuts (4) and adjust the dis-
tance,   until   the   indicated   measurement   is   ob-
tained, and secure that position.
4 - Loosen the locking nuts (5) and (6) of the position-in-
dicating rod (3) and shift the rod towards the front of
the  machine  until   it   has  passed  beyond  the  sensor
axis (2).
5 - Start the engine at MIN., tighten the rear nut (6) and
at   the  same  time  unscrew  the  front   nut   (5)   until   the
sensor (2) is engaged.
H   When  the  rod  engages  the  sensor,  the  pilot  light
(7) comes on.
6 - Secure  the  position  of   the  rod  (2)   by  tightening  the
nuts (5) and (6) behind the bracket (8).
7 - Perform several tests by raising the bucket and simu-
lating  some  dumping  manoeuvres.   If   the  bucket   is
able  to  rest   flat   on  the  ground,   replace  the  sensor
guard (1).
WB97S-2
RKZA9080
RKZA5620
1
RKZA5630
3
3  4 mm
2
2
7
4
3
RKZA5640
8
3   6   5
ANALYSIS OF CAUSES  HYDRAULIC DRIFT
H   If working attachments have a hydraulic drift, it is ne-
cessary to check if reason is due to cylinders gaskets
or to control valve.
H   All testing conditions:
.   Engine: at operating temperature
.   Hydraulic oil: 45  55C
.   Removal   and  installation  of   pipes  only  after   re-
main pressure removal.
(See   REMOVAL   OF   REMAIN   PRESSURE
FROM CIRCUIT).
FRONT  EQUIPMENT
1.   Testing of front  bucket lifting
1 -   Put   the  machine  with  bucket   teeth  on  blocks  of
about  10 cm and  in  vertical position  compared to
ground.
2 -   Stop the engine and remove the remain hydraulic
pressure.
3 -   Disconnect pipes (1) and (2) from lift cylinders (3)
and plug them.
4 -   Plug  cylinders,  base  side, and  apply  a temporary
pipe, head side, to catch possible oil leakage.
5 -   Start   the  engine  and  retract   the  bucket   until   to
bring the teeth in tilt position of about 15.
6 -   Stop the engine and check bucket link position for
5 minutes.
.   If bucket link has no lowering movement, drift
is due to control valve.
To check each cylinders, proceed as follow:
7 -   Carry  out   with  bucket   a  dump  movement   to  let
teeth lean on ground in vertical position.
8 -   Remove  from  one  of  cylinders  the  plug  as  instal-
led on base side at stage 4.
9 -   Start   the  engine  and  retract   the  bucket   until   to
bring teeth in tilt position of about 15 towards up-
per.
10 -  Stop the engine and check the bucket position for
5 minutes.
.   If bucket link has a lowering movement, drift is
due to gaskets of plugged cylinder.
11 -  Repeat   operation   from  stage   8   to   stage   10   to
check the other cylinder.
20-50
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ANALYSIS  OF  CAUSES HYDRAULIC DRIFT
WB97S-2
RKZA9090
Blocchi Blocks
RKZA9180
2
1
3
RKZA9100
15
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ANALYSIS  OF  CAUSES HYDRAULIC DRIFT
20-51
2.   Testing of front  bucket dumping
1 -   Put the machine with bucket on level ground and
teeth tilted of about 15.
Put in the bucket a weight of 1500 kg.
2 -   Disconnect   pipes  (1)   and  (2)   from  dump  cylinder
(3) and plug them to avoid impurity inlet.
3 -   Plug  dump  cylinder  hole,  base  side,  and  apply  a
temporary   pipe  on  head  side  to  catch  possible
oil leakage.
4 -   Start   the  engine  and  raise  the  bucket   up  to  the
alignment of the bucket hinge and shovel arm hin-
ge.
5 -   Stop  the  engine  and  check  bucket  teeth  position
for 5 minutes.
.   If bucket has no swing movement, drift is due
to control valve.
To test the individual  cylinders, proceed as follows:
6 -   Lower the bucket to the ground.
7 -   Remove  from  one  of  the  cylinders  the  plug  fitted
on the cylinder bottom side in Phase 3.
8 -   Start the engine and raise the bucket as indicated
in phase 4.
9 -   Stop the engine and check the position of the buc-
ket teeth for 5 minutes.
.   If the bucket teeth turn, the drift is due to the
gasket seals of the plugged cylinder.
10 -  Repeat the operations from phase 6 to phase 9 in
order to test the other cylinder.
WB97S-2
RKZ04350
1500 kg
RKZA5660
3
2
1
RKZ04360
1500 kg
BACKHOE
H   Test condition:
.   Backhoe aligned
.   Lifted outriggers
1.   Boom testing
1 -   Set  the  machine  with  arm  in vertical  position  and
with bucket on level ground leaned on the side.
2 -   Stop the engine and remove the remain hydraulic
pressure.
3 -   Disconnect hoses (1) and (2) that feed cylinder (5).
4 -   Plug the two hoses to avoid impurity inlet.
5 -   Plug the cylinder head side.
6 -   Apply  a  temporary  pipe  on  pipe  (3)   base  side  to
catch possible oil leakage.
7 -   Start the engine and extend completely the arm.
8 -   Stop the engine and check the boom position for 5
minutes.
.   If boom has a lowering movement, drift is due
to cylinder gaskets.
.   If   boom  has  no  lowering  movement,   drift   is
due to control valve.
2.   Arm  testing
1 -   Set the machine with arm fully extended and with
bucket teeth on ground.
2 -   Stop the engine and remove the remain hydraulic
pressure.
20-52
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ANALYSIS  OF  CAUSES HYDRAULIC DRIFT
WB97S-2
RKZ02510
RKZA1341
2
1
3
RKZ02520
RKZ02530
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ANALYSIS  OF  CAUSES HYDRAULIC DRIFT
20-53
3 -   Disconnect pipes (1) and (2) pipes from arm cylin-
der (3) and plug them to avoid impurity inlet.
H   If safety valve is fitted, provide to removal.
4 -   Plug arm cylinder hole on head side and fit a tem-
porary pipe on base side to catch possible oil lea-
kage.
5 -   Start the engine and raise the boom.
6 -   Stop the engine and check the arm position for 5
minutes.
.   If arm has a lowering movement, drift is due to
cylinder gaskets.
.   If arm has no movement, drift is due to control
valve.
3.   Bucket testing
1 -   Set  the  machine  with  vertical   arm  and  horizontal
bucket leaned at level ground on the side.
Put  in  the  bucket  a  weight  of  450  kg  or  fill   it  with
earth.
2 -   Stop the engine and remove the remain hydraulic
pressures.
3 -   Disconnect   bucket   cylinders  (3)   pipes  (1)   and  (2)
and plug them to avoid impurity inlet.
4 -   Plug  bucket   cylinder  hole  on  base  side  and  fit   a
temporary   pipe  on  head  side  to  catch  possible
oil leakage.
WB97S-2
RKZA5680
3
1
2
RKZ02540
RKZ02550
450 kg
RKZA5670
3
2
1
5 -   Start the engine and raise the boom.
6 -   Stop the engine and check the bucket position for
5 minutes.
.   If   bucket   has  an  opening  movement,   drift   is
due to cylinder gaskets.
.   If bucket has no movement, drift is due to con-
trol valve.
4.   Outriggers testing
1 -   Set machine with vertical arm and with bucket lea-
ned at ground on the side.
2 -   Put blocks of about 20 cm under the outriggers.
3 -   Without   forcing  them,   lower   the  outriggers  onto
the trestles.
4 -   Stop  the  engine  and  release  residual   hydraulic
pressures.
5 -   Remove  clamp  (1)  and  disconnect  from  cylinders
(4) the pipes (2) and (3).
6 -   Plug  cylinders  pipes  (2)   base  side  and  apply  on
head  sides  temporary  pipes  to  catch  possible  oil
leakage.
7 -   Start  the  engine,  use  force  on  the  boom  to  raise
the  machine,  and  remove  the  trestles  supporting
the outriggers.
8 -   Lower the machine and stop the engine.
9 -   Check the outriggers position for 5 minutes.
.   If one or both outriggers have a lowering mo-
vement, drift is due to single or both cylinders.
.   If   there  is  no  lowering,   drift   is  due  to  control
valve.
20-54
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   ANALYSIS  OF  CAUSES HYDRAULIC DRIFT
WB97S-2
RKZ02560
RKZ02200
20 cm
RKZA1251
2
4
3
1
RKZ02210
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING THE AIR-CONDITIONING  UNIT
20-55
TESTING THE AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT
H   Test conditions:
.   Machine on  level ground with  the  working equip-
ment raised and in safety conditions
.   Parking brake engaged
1.   Testing the working temperature
1 - Connect the maintenance station to the high pressure
valve (H.P.) and the low pressure valve (L.P.)
2 - Start   the  engine  and  bring  it   up  to  a  speed  of   1500
rpm.
3 - Switch on the A/C unit using the switch in the cab.
4 - Select   an  intermediate  ventilation  speed  inside  the
cab.
5 - Use  the  thermometer/hygrometer   M2  to  check  that
the  temperature  inside  the  cab  is  equal   to  or   lower
than the ambient temperature.
H   If   the  temperature  of   the  cab  is  higher   than  the
ambient temperature, open the doors and widows
and  wait   until   the  cab  temperature  stabilizes  at
the outside  value.
6 - Close the doors and windows and let the A/C unit op-
erate in these conditions for 5 - 10 minutes.
7 - Use the thermometer M2 to check the temperature of
the air at the central outlets.
H   Position the probe as close as possible to the air
outlets.
8 - Compare  the  average  value  of   the  measured  tem-
peratures using the following table:
Ambient
temperature (C)
  20   25   30   35
Outgoing air
temperature (C)
  6 8   8 10   8  12   9  14
9 - If   the  average  value  of   the  temperature  measured
does not fall within the values given in the table, it will
be necessary to thoroughly check the unit.
WB97S-2
RKZA9070
2.   Checking the unit
A  diagnosis  of  faults  in  the  unit  is  based  on  the  working
pressures.
When the pressures do not fall within the values given in
the  following  table,  the  causes  must  be  sought  by  chec-
king the high-pressure (H.P.) and low pressure (L.P.) pres-
sure gauges.
Outside
Temperature (C)
Unit  with R134a
L.P. (kg/cm
2
)   H.P. (kg/cm
2
)
Min.   Max.   Min.   Max.
20   1.2   2.5   6.0   9.0
25   1.0   2.5   7.5   10.5
30   1.1   2.4   9.5   13.0
35   1.3   2.4   12.0   15.5
40   1.5   1.8   18.0   18.8
45   1.8   1.9   21.5   22.0
The following conditions may be found:
Conditions   Causes - Faults
L.P. high - H.P. normal or  low
.   Electromagnetic  pulley that slips or does not engage correctly
.   Expansion  valve blocked in open position
.   Compressor  damaged
L.P. low - H.P. high or normal
.   Expansion  valve blocked in closed position  or obstructed
.   Filter saturated  with moisture
.   Obstruction in  the L.P. line or in the H.P. line between the filter
and  the evaporator
L.P. normal - H.P. normal
.   Infiltration  of  hot  air  into  the  evaporator  group,  the  pipes  or  the
cab
.   Hot air circulating in the heating group
.   Formation of ice on the evaporator
L.P. high - H.P. high
.   Normal   condition  with  very  high  ambient   temperature  (higher
than  43C)
.   Excess coolant (30 - 35% more)
.   Overheating  of condenser
.   Air present in the unit
.   Obstruction  in  the  H.P.   line  between  the  compressor   and  the
condenser-filter tube, behind the measurement point of the H.P.
L.P. normal or low - H.P. low
.   Normal condition with very low temperature (lower  than 5C)
.   Lack of coolant (70 - 75% less) (probable leakages)
.   Obstruction  in  the  H.P.   line  between  the  compressor   and  the
condenser-filter tube, before the measurement point of the H.P.
.   Compressor  damaged
L.P. roughly equal to H.P.
.   Compressor  belt missing
.   Electromagnetic  pulley that slips or does not engage
.   Compressor  damaged
20-56
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS   TESTING THE AIR-CONDITIONING  UNIT
WB97S-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
30-1
HOW TO READ THE MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING  4
SPECIAL TOOLS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
STARTING MOTOR
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
ALTERNATOR
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
AIR-CONDITIONING  UNIT COMPRESSOR
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
INJECTION PUMP
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
INJECTION NOZZLES
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
THERMOSTAT
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
COOLING LIQUID PUMP
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
TURBOCOMPRESSOR
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
CYLINDER HEAD
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
FRONT COUNTERWEIGHT
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
RADIATOR-OIL  COOLER UNIT
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CONDENSER
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
MUFFLER
Removal and installation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
EXHAUST PIPE
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ENGINE HOOD
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
CAB
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
HEAT AND AIR-CONDITIONING GROUP
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
FUEL TANK
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP  GROUP
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
PISTON PUMP
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
TRANSMISSION
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CONVERTOR
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
TRANSMISSION-REVERSE, DIRECTION
INDICATOR AND HEADLIGHT DIPPER BEAM
CONTROL GROUP
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
STEERING UNIT
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
WORKING BRAKE PUMP GROUP
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
FRONT WORKING EQUIPMENT
CONTROL VALVE
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
FRONT AXLE
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
WB97S-2
30-2
REAR AXLE
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
STEERING SOLENOID  VALVE GROUP
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
FRONT BUCKET BOOM-RAISING  CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67
FRONT BUCKET TILT CYLINDERS
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   68
FRONT BUCKET
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
FRONT WORKING EQUIPMENT
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
BACKHOE BOOM CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   74
BACKHOE ARM CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   75
JIG ARM CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   76
BACKHOE BUCKET CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   77
OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   79
BACKHOE SWING CYLINDERS
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
BACKHOE BACKFRAME LOCK CYLINDER
Removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
CYLINDERS
(Front bucket raise and tilt, boom, arm, bucket,
outriggers and jig  arm)
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   84
BOOM SWING CYLINDER
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   88
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
BACKHOE BACKFRAME LOCK CYLINDER
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91
BOOM SAFETY CYLINDER
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
BACKHOE WORKING EQUIPMENT
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93
BACKHOE BUCKET
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   94
ARM
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   95
JIG ARM
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   96
2
nd
ARM
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   97
2
nd
ARM GUIDES
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   98
BACKHOE BOOM
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   99
BACKHOE SWING BRACKET
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
BACKHOE BACKFRAME
Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
WB97S-2
HOW  TO READ THE  MANUAL
1.   Removal and Installation  of  the groups
(1)   The procedures and information needed to carry out the work of removing or Installing units or groups are
given in the removal procedure. The sequence of operations is not repeated in the installation procedure.
(2)   Information  needed  for  installation  is  marked  with  the  symbol   .  The  same  symbol  is  repeated  at  the
end of each removal procedure for the same item, to indicate to which installation item it refers.
(Example)
REMOVAL GROUP : *** :  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Title of operation
:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Safety  precautions  to  be  followed   when  carrying
out the operation.
1 -   Remove XXXX (1): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Step in removal procedure.
H   : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Technique or important point to remember when re-
moving XXXX (1)
2 -   ~~~ (2): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   This sign means that information is given for
the installation procedure
3 -   Remove &&&& (3):
........... ,:   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Recovery of oil or water, and the quantity to be re-
covered.
INSTALLATION GROUP *** : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Title of operation.
.   To install, reverse removal procedure.
: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Technique to be used for installation.
H   : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Technique or important point to remember when re-
moving ~~~ (2).
.   Addition  of water or oil:   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Step in removal procedure.
H   : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Point to remember when adding  water or oil.
2.   To  the  precautions  to  be  taken  during  the  removal   or  installation  of  the  groups,  must  be  added  the  specific
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING THE OPERATIONS.
Always make sure that these precautions are taken.
3.   List  of special tools.
(1)   For details of the descriptions, codes and quantities of each tool (A1; A2 etc.) mentioned in the operational
procedures, see the list SPECIAL TOOLS supplied in this section.
4.   List  of  the  tightening  torques  and  weights,  and  the  quantities  oil,  liquids  or  grease  needed  to  fill
tanks and  containers
(1)   In the operating procedures, you will find the symbols   ,   ,   ,   . In the following order, these
represent  the  values  of  TIGHTENING  TORQUES,  WEIGHT  OF  PARTS  OR  GROUPS,  QUANTITIES
OF OIL OR LIQUIDS TO BE INTRODUCED, SCREW LOCKING MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND LUBRICA-
TION, LUBRICATING GREASE.
NOTE
If no symbol is indicated, the values to be used are those given in the introductory sections of this manual.
30-3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HOW  TO READ  THE  MANUAL
WB97S-2
PRECAUTIONS  TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING
H   When dismantling or installing a part, always  take the  following  general  precautions.
1.   Precautions  for removal operations
.   If not otherwise indicated, lower the work equipment until it rests on the ground.
.   If the coolant liquid  contains an anti-freeze substance, follow the instructions  given for drainage.
.   After having removed flanges and tubes, insert plugs to prevent impurities from entering.
.   Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and tie it with wire.
.   Use a sufficiently large container to collect the oil.
.   Before removing a part from the machine, check the alignment reference marks which show the correct in-
stallation position. If necessary add further marks to avoid incorrect installation.
.   While dismantling the connectors, always grasp them firmly to avoid undue strain on the wiring.
.   If necessary, attach markers to the wires and tubes to avoid muddling  them up during  installation.
.   Check the number and height of the adjustments to a given clearance and store them in a safe place.
.   When raising the machine or some parts of it, use adequate equipment for the weight of the part concerned.
.   When using screws or eyebolts to remove items of the machinery, screw them alternately, and as deeply as
they will go.
.   Before removing a piece, clean the surrounding area and, after removal, cover the area to prevent dirt or
dust from gaining entrance.
2.   Precautions  to be taken  during installation
.   Tighten nuts and screws with the specified  tightening torques.
.   Install the flexible hoses, taking care not to entangle or twist them.
.   Bend the cotter pins and stops in such a way as to secure them.
.   When coating the threads with adhesives, clean the piece to remove oil and grease, then apply just enough
adhesive to cover the threading in a uniform manner.
.   When applying a liquid sealant, clean the surface involved, remove residual oil and grease, check that there
are no dents or dirt, then apply the liquid  sealant in a uniform manner.
.   Clean all the parts, remove dirt, rust, burrs, or dents.
.   Apply a film of engine oil over all the moving parts.
.   Apply a film of anti-friction grease (ASL800040) over all surfaces assembled with pressure, to avoid sticking.
.   After having mounted the snap-rings, check that they are firmly positioned in their seatings.
.   When installing electrical system jacks, remove any oil, dust or water that may have penetrated into them,
then connect them firmly.
.   If using eyebolts, check that they are not distorted, screw them in fully, and then align the eye with the hoi-
sting hook.
.   Mount the flanges in a uniform manner, and tighten the screws in criss-cross sequence, to avoid excessive
pull on one side only.
3.   Precautions  to be taken  on completion  of  removal  and  installation operations.
.   If the coolant liquid has been drained away, close the drainage plug and add new liquid up to normal level.
Start the engine to circulate the liquid throughout the cooling system and then top up the level once more.
.   When the hydraulic equipment has been dismantled, add engine oil to the indicated level. Start up the en-
gine to circulate the oil in the hydraulic circuits, and then top up to the indicated level.
.   If hoses or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, motors, solenoid valves and valves,
are removed for repairs or substitution, bleed air from the hydraulic circuits after having re-assembled the
machine.
H   For details, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS.
.   After having re-assembled cylinder joints or cylinders, or work equipment articulations, lubricate thoroughly.
30-4
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   PRECAUTIONS TO BE  TAKEN  WHILE  WORKING
WB97S-2
SPECIAL  TOOLS
Nature of work   Symbol   Code   Description   Q.ty   Notes
Disassembly and assembly
cylinders
  A
1   ATR200620   Attachment   1
  Cylinders  disassembly -
assembly
2
ATR200760   Plunger   40   2
Assembly   cylinder   and
rod bushings
Cylinder   and  rod  locking
on ATR200620
ATR200770   Plunger   45   2
ATR200780   Plunger   50   2
ATR201380   Plunger   75   2
3   ATR201420   Bushing   45   2
  Blocking  swing cylinders
on ATR200620
4
ATR800040
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   70
  1
Head disassembly-
assembly
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   80
  1
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   85
  1
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   95
  1
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   115-120
  1
Notched  wrench for
cylinders   110
  1
5
  Notched  wrench for
side digging boom cylinders
  1
  Head disassembly-
assembly
6   ATR200300
Notched  wrench   1
Disassembly ring  nut
side digging boom
cylinder
Notched  wrench   1
  Boom swing head
disassembly-assembly
7
ATR800270   Socket wrench (6-point 46)   1
Pistons  removal-
installation
ATR800240   Socket wrench (6-point 55)   1
ATR800030   Socket wrench (6-point 65)   1
8
ATR200960   Plunger   40   1
Dust  seal assembly
ATR200980   Plunger   50   1
ATR201390   Plunger   55   1
ATR201400   Plunger   60   1
9
ATR201000   Expander   70   1
Piston  gaskets assembly
ATR201020   Expander   80   1
ATR201030   Expander   85   1
ATR201050   Expander   95   1
ATR201060   Expander   100   1
ATR201340   Expander   110   1
ATR201410   Expander   115   1
10
ATR201160   Bushing  for rod  40   1
Head assembly on rod
ATR201170   Bushing  for rod  45   1
ATR201180   Bushing  for rod  50   1
ATR201470   Bushing  for rod  55   1
ATR201480   Bushing  for rod  60   1
30-5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   SPECIAL TOOLS
WB97S-2
Nature of work   Symbol   Code   Description   Q.ty   Notes
Disassembly and assembly
cylinders
  A   11
ATR201200   Bushing  for piston  70   1
Piston-cylinder  assembly
ATR201220   Bushing  for piston  80   1
ATR201230   Bushing  for piston  85   1
ATR201250   Bushing  for piston  95   1
ATR201260   Bushing  for piston  100   1
ATR201430   Bushing  for piston  110   1
ATR201440   Bushing  for piston  115   1
Disassembly and assembly
piston pump
  B   1   ATR201450   Tool   1   Pump bracket
Disassembly and assembly
transmission
  C   1   ATR201460
Tool   1
Transmission support
Set of spacers   1
Air-conditioning  unit   E   1
  Commercially
available
  Maintenance station   1
  Adjustment differential
lock nuts
30-6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   SPECIAL TOOLS
WB97S-2
REMOVAL OF THE  STARTING MOTOR
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop.
1 - Stop the engine and engage the parking brake.
2 - Remove guard (1) from tank (2).
3 - Remove the cover (3).
Disconnect the clamp (5) from accumulator (4) nega-
tive terminal ().
4 - Disconnect the electric  wiring (6).
5 - Loosen  the  two  screws  (7)   and  remove  the  starting
motor (8).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
STARTING MOTOR
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Starting motor mounting screws:
78.4  98 Nm (8 10 kgm)
30-7
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   STARTING  MOTOR
WB97S-2
RKZA1822
1
2
RKZA7793
3
4
5
RKZA0021
7
8
6
7
REMOVAL OF THE  ALTERNATOR
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop.
1 - Stop the engine and engage the parking brake.
2 - Remove guard (1) from tank (2).
3 - Remove the cover (3).
Disconnect the clamp (5) from accumulator (4) nega-
tive terminal ().
4 - Disconnect   the  cable  (6),   the  connector   (7)   and  the
cotter pin (8).
5 - Loosen the screws (9), (10) and (11) to leave the alter-
nator (12) free to rotate.
30-8
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ALTERNATOR
WB97S-2
RKZA1822
1
2
RKZA7793
3
4
5
RKZA0032
7
8
6
RKZA0042
10
13
9
6 - Release the belt (13) from the pulley and remove the
alternator (12).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
ALTERNATOR
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Adjust   the  fan-belt   tension.   (For  details,   see  20.   TE-
STING AND ADJUSTMENTS  Fan-belt tension.)
30-9
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ALTERNATOR
WB97S-2
RKZA0052
13
12
11
REMOVAL OF THE  AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT COMPRESSOR
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Remove lateral guard (1).
2 - Connect   the  outlets  (2)   and  (3)   to  the  maintenance
station for air-conditioning units E1 and drain the coo-
ling fluid.
3 - Disconnect the connector (4).
4 - Loosen the screw (5) and remove the belt (6) that dri-
ves the compressor (7).
5 - Loosen and remove the screw (8) that holds the brac-
ket   (9)   that   supports  the  delivery  and  suction  lines
(10), (11).
H   Be careful to avoid damaging the seals.
30-10
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   AIR-CONDITIONING  UNIT COMPRESSOR
WB97S-2
RKZA8790
1
RKZA8571
3
2
7
RKZA8561
6
5
RKZA8600
7
8
11
10
9
6 - Remove the front screws (12), the rear nuts (13) and
lift   out   the  compressor  (7)   complete  with  its  support
(14).
INSTALLATION OF THE AIR-CON-
DITIONING UNIT COMPRESSOR
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Belt-tightening screw: 123 Nm
H   Apply tension to the compressor belt.
(For   details,   see   TESTING   AND   APPLYING
TENSION TO THE COMPRESSOR BELT).
H   Tighten until the flanges rest on the compressor.
Compressor retaining screws: 32 Nm
1 -   Connect   the  unit   to  the  maintenance  station  E1
and refill it.
H   Quantity  of fluid: 970w15 g
30-11
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   AIR-CONDITIONING  UNIT COMPRESSOR
WB97S-2
RKZA8610
7
14
13
12
REMOVAL OF THE  INJECTION  PUMP
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
H   Plug all tubes that have been removed or disconnec-
ted to prevent entry of impurities.
1 - Remove the engine coolant liquid  container (1).
2 - Disconnect the fuel supply (3) and flow-back (4) hoses
from the injection pump  (2).
3 - Disconnect the high-pressure pipes (5).
4 - Disconnect the fuel feed hose (7) and delivery tube (9)
from the feed pump (6).
5 - Disconnect the tube (9) from the oil level dip-stick and
remove it.
6 - Remove the support-bracket (10) of the pump.
7 - Disconnect the accelerator control cable support (12)
from the lever (11).
30-12
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   INJECTION  PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA8800
1
RKZA0070
2
3
4
5
RKZA0080
6
7
8 9
10
RKZA0090
11
12
8 - Disconnect   the  engine-stopping  solenoid  (13)   from
the injection pump (2). Lift out the entire group.
9 - Remove  the  retaining  clip  (14)  of  the  injection  pump
lubrication tube.
10 - Disconnect the lubrication tube (15).
11 - Remove the cover (16) that gives access to the distri-
bution gear and the oil filler plug (17).
12 - Loosen  and  lift   off   the  retaining  nut   (18)   and  safety
washer (19) of the pump driving gear (20).
H   Take great care not to drop the safety washer (19)
into the pump  casing.
30-13
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   INJECTION  PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA0100
2
13
RKZA0110
14
15
RKZA0120
16
17
RKZA0130
18
20
19
13 - Remove the driving gear (20) of the pump (2).
H   Before  removing  the  pump  driving  gear,  mark  its
position  with respect to the idling gear.
H   For  removal   use  a  puller  (X1).  The  puller  screws
(X2) screw directly into the gear (20).
H   Take  great   care  not   to  damage  the  pump  shaft
thread.
H   During  removal,  be  careful   not  to  let  the  wrench
(21) drop into the housing.
14 - Take  out  the  four  nuts  (22)  and  remove  the  injection
pump (2) with its O-ring seal (23).
30-14
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   INJECTION  PUMP
WB97S-2
23
RKZ00030
20
X2
X1
X2
21
RKZA0081
22
2
INSTALLATION  OF THE INJECTION  PUMP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Fuel feed hoses: 24.5  34.3 Nm (2.5 3.5 kgm)
High pressure hoses:
24.5  34.3 Nm (2.5  3.5 kgm)
Stiffening bolt screw, pump side:
44.1  53.9 Nm (4.5 5.5 kgm)
Stiffening bolt screw, pump side:
22.5  8.4 Nm (2.3 2.9 kgm)
H   Put  in a new safety cotter pin.
Cover gasket: ASL800070
Cover bolts for ignition  gear system:
18 Nm (1.84 kgm)
H   Align  the  marks  between  the  gears  before  instal-
ling the pump and mounting the nut.
Gear-locking nut:
83.3 93.1 Nm (8.5 9.5 kgm)
Pump-locking nut:
35.2 43.1 Nm (34.4  42.2 kgm)
1 - Check fuel injection timing.
(For details, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS)
30-15
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   INJECTION  PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZ00130
Riferimento
Ingranaggio folle
Ingranaggio pompa
d'iniezione (20) Injection pump gear
Reference
Idling gear
REMOVAL OF THE  INJECTION  NOZZLES
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect the sensor (1) for a clogged air-filter.
2 - Remove  the  air-filter   (2),   the  supporting  bracket   (3)
and the intake sleeve (4).
3 - Remove and place to one side the bulldog clip (5) that
secures the cab heating  pipes.
4 - Loosen the clip (7) and remove the high-pressure pi-
pes (8).
5 - Disconnect the fuel flow-back pipes (9).
6 - Take out the nuts (10) that secure the collar (11) and
take out the injector (12), the seating (13) and the pro-
tection piece (14).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
INJECTION NOZZLES
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
High-pressure pipe:
24.5  34.3 Nm (2.5  3.5 kgm)
Hose-clamp screws: 9.8  11.8 Nm (1 1.2 kgm)
Collar lock nuts: 9.8  11.8 Nm (1 1.2 kgm)
30-16
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   INJECTION NOZZLES
WB97S-2
RKZA1750
1
2
RKZA1760
5
4
3
8
7
6
RKZA0170
8
9
10
11
RKZ00140
11
10
12
13
14
REMOVAL OF THE  THERMOSTAT
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
H   Drain the engine coolant liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
1 - Disconnect the cable (1) of the clogged filter indicator
(2) and remove the entire suction filter (3).
2 - Remove the fan guard (4).
3 - Disconnect   the  radiator   connection  sleeve  (6)   from
the thermostat cover (5).
4 - Take out the screws and remove the thermostat cover
(5).
5 - Remove  the  gasket   (7),   the  thermostat   (8)   and  the
ring seal (9).
Put in new seals.
INSTALLATION  OF THE
THERMOSTAT
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 - Refill the coolant liquid tank.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
2 - Start  the  engine  at low  idling  to  circulate  the  coolant
liquid through  all circuits.
3 - Accelerate gradually up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute, stop the engine and check or top up the level
in the container.
H   Check that there are no leaks.
Cover screws: 22  27.8 Nm
30-17
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   THERMOSTAT
WB97S-2
RKZA1770
1
2
3
4
RKZA1780
6
RKZ00151
5
8
9
7
RKZA1790
5
REMOVAL OF THE  COOLING LIQUID PUMP
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
H   Drain the engine coolant liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
1 - Remove the engine coolant liquid  container (1).
2 - Remove the fan guard (2).
3 - Disconnect the cable (3) of the clogged filter indicator
and remove the air filter (4).
4 - Remove the alternator and its support (5) (For details,
see REMOVAL OF THE ALTERNATOR).
5 - Only for machines equipped with a compressor
Remove the air-conditioning unit compressor (14) and
its supports. Put the compressor to one side.
(For   details,   see  REMOVAL  OF  THE  AIR-CONDI-
TIONING UNIT COMPRESSOR).
30-18
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   COOLING LIQUID  PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA8800
1
RKZA1771
3
4
2
7
RKZA1800
5
RKZA8572
14
6 - Disconnect the cab heating pipes (6).
7 - Disconnect the temperature sensor cables (7) and (8).
8 - Remove   the   radiator/oil-cooler   group.   (For   details,
see   REMOVAL   OF  THE  RADIATOR  -   OIL   COO-
LERS).
9 - Remove  the  fan  (9),   the  spacer   (10)   and  the  pulley
(11).
10 - Remove  the  four  screws  (12)  and  then  the  complete
pump (13).
Replace all seals with new ones.
INSTALLATION  OF THE COOLANT
LIQUID  PUMP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Locking screws for alternator support:
22,5v28,4 Nm
H   Apply tension to the alternator belt.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
Locking screws for pulley and fan:
44,1v53,9 Nm
Pump screws: 22,5v28,4 Nm
Locking screw for compressor: 64 Nm
H   Apply tension to the compressor belt.
(For   details,   see   TESTING   AND   APPLYING
TENSION TO THE COMPRESSOR BELT).
1 -   Refill the coolant liquid circuit.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
2 - Start  the  engine  at low  idling  to  circulate  the  coolant
liquid through  all circuits.
3 - Accelerate gradually up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute, stop the engine and check or top up the level
in the container.
H   Check that there are no leaks.
30-19
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   COOLING LIQUID  PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA7770
6
8
RKZA1810
9
10
11
RKZA2450
12
13
REMOVAL OF THE  TURBOCOMPRESSOR
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect   the  clogged  air-filter  indication  cable  (1)
and remove the entire suction filter (3).
2 - Remove the muffler.
(For details, see REMOVAL OF THE MUFFLER).
3 - Disconnect   the   turbocompressor   delivery   coupling
sleeve (4) from the  suction manifold.
4 - Take  the  screws  out   of   the  clips  (5)   and  disconnect
the tube (6) that delivers the turbocompressor lubrica-
tion oil.
5 - Take  out   the  tube-retaining  screws  (7)   and  the  two
screws  (8)   that   secure  the  flange  of   the  lubrication
oil drainage tube (9).
30-20
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TURBOCOMPRESSOR
WB97S-2
RKZA1751
2
3
1
RKZA0210
4
16
RKZA0220
5
6
5
RKZA0230
7
9
8
6 - Take  out  the  screws (10)  that  join the  turbocompres-
sor  to  the  coupling  sleeve,  and  remove  the  coupling
sleeve (11).
7 - Take out the screws (12) and remove the bracket (13).
8 - Take  out  the  nuts  (14),  and  the  washers  (15)  and  lift
off the turbocompressor  (16).
H   Carefully  check  the  state  of   all   the  sealing  ga-
skets. Replace them if there is any sign of dama-
ge.
INSTALLATION  OF THE TURBOCOMPRESSOR
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Tube retaining screws: 22.5  28.4 Nm
Flange screws: 8  9 Nm
Coupling joint screws: 22.5  28.4 Nm
Bracket screws: 22.5 28.4 Nm
1 - Start the engine and check that there are no leaks in
the turbocompressor lubrication tubes.
30-21
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TURBOCOMPRESSOR
WB97S-2
RKZA1621
12
13
10
11
RKZA0240
14   15
16
REMOVAL OF THE  CYLINDER HEAD
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
H   Drain the engine coolant liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
1 - Remove the container (1).
2 - Disconnect the cable (2) of the clogged air-filter  sen-
sor and remove the entire suction filter (4) and its sup-
port (5).
H   Remove  the  turbocompressor.   (For   details,   see
REMOVE  THE TURBOCOMPRESSOR).
3 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit
Remove the  alternator (24), the compressor (25) and
the supporting bracket (26).
(For   details,   see   REMOVAL   OF   THE  ALTERNA-
TOR and REMOVAL OF THE AIR-CONDITIONING
UNIT).
4 - Remove the support (27).
30-22
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDER  HEAD
WB97S-2
RKZA8800
1
RKZA0182
2   3
4
5
RKZA8573
25
  26
24
RKZA8562
27
5 - Disconnect the cable (6) of the cold-start equipment.
6 - Remove  the  suction  manifold  (7)   and  the  cold-start
equipment (8).
7 - Remove the diesel fuel filter (9) and place it to one si-
de.
8 - Disconnect the clips that secure the heating  pipes.
9 - Disconnect   the  breather   tube  (11)   from  the  engine
head.
10 - Remove the muffler (12).
(For details, see REMOVAL OF THE MUFFLER).
11 - Remove the muffler support bracket (13).
12 - Disconnect the cables (14) from the temperature sen-
sors (15).
13 - Disconnect the heating  pipes (16).
14 - Remove the radiator connection pipes (17).
15 - Remove  the  coolant   liquid  pump.   (For   details,   see
REMOVAL OF THE COOLANT LIQUID PUMP).
30-23
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDER  HEAD
WB97S-2
7
9
8
10
8
  6
RKZA7781
RKZA0221
11
RKZA0250
12
13
RKZA1782
14
15
16
17
16 - Disconnect the fuel return hose (18) from the injector
nozzles   and  remove  the  nozzles.   (For   details,   see
REMOVAL OF THE  INJECTOR  NOZZLES).
17 - Remove the cover of the tappets (19).
18 - Remove the valve rocker-arm shaft (20).
H   Loosen  the  nuts  and  unscrew  the  tappets  by  2-3
turns.
19 - Take out the rocker-arm control rods (21).
20 - Take out the screws (22) and remove the entire cylin-
der head (23). Follow the indicated sequence for loo-
sening the screws.
H   Sequence  to be followed: see drawing.
Loosen the cylinder head retaining screws in two
stages.
30-24
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDER  HEAD
WB97S-2
RKZA0171
18
19
RKZ00160
20
21
22
23
RKZ00170
1
3
7
5
9
11
16
18
17
13
14
12
10
15
6
4
2
8
BOLT LOOSENING ORDER
INSTALLATION  OF THE CYLINDER  HEAD
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Fill up the cooling circuit.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
H   Check carefully that there are no leaks.
Support screws: 35.2 Nm (3.6 kgm)
Frontal screw (M8): 32 Nm
Lateral screws (M10): 64 Nm
Frontal screws (M10): 64 Nm
Lateral screw (M8): 32 Nm
Bracket screws: 45  55 Nm
Screws for intake line: Loctite 262
Screws for intake line: 45  55 Nm
High-pressure pipe fittings:
24.5  34.3 Nm (2.5  3.5 kgm)
Collar lock nuts: 9.8  11.8 Nm (1 1.2 kgm)
H   Check  the  condition  of  the  seals  of  the  tappet  cover
and  the   O-rings   of   the   fastening  nuts.   Thoroughly
clean the contact surfaces on the cylinder heads.
Cover fastening nuts: 25w3 Nm
H   Check that the tappets are firmly engaged in their rods
and that the valve collars are correctly assembled.
Rods - tappets: Engine oil
H   Start  tightening  the  rocker-arm  shaft  from  the  center
towards the outside.
Screws and nuts for the rocker-arm shaft:
22.5  28.4 Nm (2.3 2.9 kgm)
H   Adjust the valve clearances (For details, see 20. TE-
STING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Assemble a new gasket.
Bolt and cylinder block threadings: Engine oil.
H   Tighten the screws, manually at first, and then in two
stages, following the sequence indicated.
Cylinder head bolts.
first tightening:   88.3  98.1 Nm (9  10 kgm)
Final tightening:   181.4  191.2 Nm
(18.5 19.5 kgm)
1 - Start  the  engine  at low  idling  to  circulate  the  coolant
liquid through  all circuits.
2 - Accelerate gradually up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute, stop the engine and check or top up the level
in the container.
30-25
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDER  HEAD
WB97S-2
RKZ00180
8
3
1
2
6
5
7
9
4
18
12
10
14
16
13
15
17
11
BOLTS TIGHTENING ORDER
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  COUNTERWEIGHT
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
1 - Partially loosen the screws (1) to eliminate the tighte-
ning torque, and thus to facilitate the subsequent di-
smantling procedure.
2 - Insert the prongs of a fork-lift truck into the ventilation
slits,  and  force  them  gently  upwards  to  compensate
for the weight of the counterweight (2).
3 - Remove the screws (1) and the washers (3).
4 - Remove the Front counterweight (2).
Counterweight:  300 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE FRONT COUNTERWEIGHT
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Screws: 300w30 Nm
30-26
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT COUNTERWEIGHT
WB97S-2
RKZA9220
3
2
  1
REMOVAL OF THE  RADIATOR-OIL  COOLER  UNIT
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect   the  safety  gas  cylinders  (1)   for   opening
the engine hood. Accompany the hood until it is com-
pletely open.
H   Place   some   soft   material   between   the   engine
hood and the front  closing mechanism.
Completely eliminate all residual pressures in all cir-
cuits. (For details, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   Drain the cooling liquid.
Cooling liquid: 18 ,
2 - Remove the fan guard (2).
3 - Disconnect   the  cable  (3)   and  remove  the  acoustic
alarm (4).
4 - Remove the air filter suction line (5).
5 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit
Drain the air conditioning unit, and disconnect the tu-
bes (19), (20).
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
6 - Remove the container (6).
7 - Disconnect   the  engine  coolant   circuit   hoses  (8)   and
(9) from the radiator (7).
8 - Remove the brackets (10).
30-27
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   RADIATOR-OIL COOLER UNIT
WB97S-2
RKZA1860
2
1
RKZA1870
3
4
5
7
RKZA8620
20
19
RKZA1741
6
8
9
10
9 - Slowly loosen the hoses (11) and (12) to drain the hy-
draulic oil from the oil cooler (13). When the oil is fully
drained,   complete  disconnection  of   the  hoses,   and
plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
10 - Slowly loosen the hoses (14) to drain the oil from the
transmission oil cooler (15). When the oil is fully drai-
ned,  complete  disconnection  of  the  hoses,  and  plug
them to prevent entry of impurities.
11 - Disconnect the conveyor (17) from the radiator (7) and
move it towards the engine.
12 - Take out the nuts (18) of the lower anti-vibration units
and remove the entire radiator - oil cooler group (7).
13 - Remove the rubber conveyor situated between chas-
sis and radiator.
30-28
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   RADIATOR-OIL COOLER UNIT
WB97S-2
RKZA1880
13
11
12
RKZA7820
14
16
15
RKZA7830
7
17
RKZA7840
7
18
  18
INSTALLATION  OF THE RADIATOR   OIL COOLER GROUP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
.   Refill the coolant liquid  circuit.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
H   Refill the air-conditioning unit.
Quantity  of fluid (R134a): 970w15 g
Quantity  of oil: See the amount recovered.
.   Ensure  that  the  level  of  hydraulic  oil  in  the  tank  is  at
maximum.
.   Ensure  that   the  level   of   transmission  oil   is  at   maxi-
mum.
1 - Start the engine at low idling to circulate all the fluids
and to fill  up the oil coolers.
2 - Accelerate gradually up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute, stop the  engine and top up all levels.
H   Check carefully that there are no leaks.
3 - Stop the engine and replace the rubber conveyor.
30-29
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   RADIATOR-OIL COOLER UNIT
WB97S-2
REMOVAL OF THE CONDENSER  (Only for machines equipped with an air-conditioning unit)
Completely  raise  the  front   working  equipment   and
engage the parking brake.
Also place the backhoe in its secure position.
1 - Drain the air-conditioning unit.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
2 - Disconnect the cable (1) and remove the klaxon (2).
3 - Disconnect the tubes (3) and (4).
H   Immediately  plug  the  tubes  and  the  condenser
tightly  to  prevent  moisture  from  entering  into  the
air-conditioning  circuit.
4 - Loosen  the  upper  retaining  screw  (5)  of  the  conden-
ser (6), leaving it in position for reasons of safety.
5 - Loosen the screws (7) and remove the locknuts.
6 - Remove the screws (5) and (7) and take out the con-
denser.
INSTALLATION  OF THE
CONDENSER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 - Refill the air-conditioning  unit.
Quantity  of fluid (R134a): 970w15 g
Quantity  of oil: See the amount recovered.
30-30
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CONDENSER
WB97S-2
RKZA8630
6
  1
5
2
RKZA8621
3
4
RKZA8640
7
6
REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC  OIL COOLER
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect the safety gas cylinders (1) from the engi-
ne  hood.   Accompany  the  hood  until   it   is  completely
open.
H   Place   some   soft   material   between   the   engine
hood and the front  closing mechanism.
Completely  release  residual   pressures  from  all   cir-
cuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
2 - Disconnect   the  cable  (2)   and  remove  the  acoustic
alarm (3).
3 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit
Remove the condenser (11) without detaching the tu-
bes, and put it to one side.
4 - Slowly  loosen  the  hoses  (4)   and  (5)   to  drain  the  hy-
draulic  oil   from  the  cooler   (6).   When  all   the  oil   has
been  drained,   disconnect   the  hoses  completely  and
plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
30-31
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HYDRAULIC  OIL COOLER
WB97S-2
RKZA1862
1
RKZA1871
2
3
8
7
RKZA8650
11
RKZA1881
5
6
4
5 - Remove the screws (7) that fasten the oil cooler (6) to
the radiator group (8).
6 - Take out the nuts and washers (9) and remove the ful-
crum screws and washers (10).
7 - Remove the rubber conveyor.
INSTALLATION  OF THE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
.   Make sure that the level of the hydraulic oil in the tank
is at maximum.
1 - Start the engine at low idling in order to circulate the
oil and fill up the cooler.
2 - Accelerate gradually up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute stop the engine and, if necessary, top up the
level of oil in the tank.
3 - Replace the rubber conveyor.
30-32
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HYDRAULIC  OIL COOLER
WB97S-2
RKZA7841
6
7
8
9
10
REMOVAL OF THE  TRANSMISSION  OIL COOLER
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
1 - Remove  the  radiator  -   oil   cooler  group.   (For  details,
see REMOVAL OF THE RADIATOR - OIL COOLER
GROUP).
2 - Loosen the retaining clip (1) of the coupling (2) on the
radiator (3).
3 - Take out the nuts (4) and remove the oil cooler (5).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
TRANSMISSION  OIL COOLER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
.   Make  sure  that  the  levels  of  the  transmission  oil,  the
hydraulic  oil   and  the  engine  cooling  liquid  are  all   at
maximum.
1 - Start the engine at low idling to let the fluids circulate,
and fill up the oil coolers.
2 - Gradually accelerate up to 1700 rpm. After about one
minute, stop the  engine and top up the levels.
30-33
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TRANSMISSION  OIL COOLER
WB97S-2
RKZA0321
1   2
3
5
RKZA7850
5
4
REMOVAL OF THE  MUFFLER
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
1 - Take out the retaining screws (1) of the flexible outlet
hose (2).
2 - Take out the two screws (3), the screws (4) and remo-
ve the muffler (5).
INSTALLATION OF THE MUFFLER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Put  in a new sealant.
REMOVAL  OF  THE  EXHAUST  PI-
PE
1 - Loosen  the  clip  (6)  and  disconnect  the  flexible  hose
(2).
2 - Take out two of the three lower screws (7) of the con-
necting flange (8).
H   Loosen the third screw and leave it in place for sa-
fety.
3 - Take out the nut (9) and the washer of the upper anti-
vibration unit (10).
4 - Take  out  the  last  screw  (7)  and  remove  the  exhaust
pipe (11).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
EXHAUST PIPE
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
30-34
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   MUFFLER - EXHAUST PIPE
WB97S-2
RKZA0330
6
  2
1
RKZA0251
3
4
5
RKZA1890
8
7
RKZA1900
9
10
11
REMOVAL OF THE  ENGINE  HOOD
Lower the working equipment completely until it is re-
sting on the ground. Stop the engine and remove the
ignition key.
1 - Open the engine hood (1) take out the safety pins (2)
and disconnect the hood from the gas cylinders  (3).
2 - Raise the hood (1) to a vertical position and attach it
to some hoisting tackle.
H   To attach it, use the hole in the opening  cavity.
3 - Take out the screws (4) and remove the hood (1).
Engine hood: 27 kg
30-35
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE HOOD
WB97S-2
RKZA7860
3
2
1
RKZA7880
1
RKZA7871
1
4
INSTALLATION  OF THE ENGINE HOOD
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Check that the hood (1) closes perfectly, and re-attach
the screws (5).
30-36
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE HOOD
WB97S-2
RKZA1913
5
REMOVAL OF THE  CAB
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine and remove
the ignition key.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit
Drain the air conditioning  unit.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
1 - Disconnect the pedal accelerator and hand accelera-
tor cables (1) from the injection pump. Disengage the
sheathings from the support (2).
2 - Disconnect the parking  brake cable (4) from the  rear
axle (3) and pipe (5).
3 - Disconnect the braking circuit pipes (6) from the rear
axle.
H   Mark the positions of the pipes to prevent exchan-
ge of positions when reconnecting.
H   Plug the pipes and pipe-fittings to prevent entry of
impurities.
4 - Disconnect the steering cylinder pipe (7) from the rear
axle.
H   Plug  the  pipe  and  pipe-fitting  to  prevent  entry  of
impurities.
30-37
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CAB
WB97S-2
RKZA0091
1
2
RKZA9291
6
5
4
3
5
RKZA9130
7
5 - Disconnect the pipes (8, 9 and 10) of the R- L- T ports
from the steering unit.
H   Mark the positions of the pipes to prevent exchan-
ging positions when reconnecting.
H   Plug the pipes and pipe-fittings to prevent entry of
impurities.
6 - Disconnect   the   connectors   (11)   and   (12)   and   the
grounding  cable (13).
7 - Disconnect the connectors (14), (15) and (16) from the
gearbox.
8 - Disconnect from grounding stud two connectors (17).
9 - Disconnect the connector (18) of the auxiliary controls
set into the bucket control lever.
10 - Disconnect   the  converter   disengagement   connector
(19) set into the gear lever.
11 - Disconnect  the  connector  (20)  of  the  backhoe  boom
disengagement solenoids.
12 - Disconnect  the  power  increment   solenoid  connector
(21) installed on the piston pump.
13 - Disconnect   the  connectors  (22)   of   the  rear   acoustic
alarm, the connector (23) of the rear lights and finally
the connector (24) of the solenoid of the backhoe con-
trol valve.
14 - Disconnect the control steering connector.
30-38
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CAB
WB97S-2
RKZA0410
8
9
10
RKZA8760
11
12
13
16
14
14
15
17
RKZA0430
18
21 20
19
RKZA0440
23
22
  24
15 - Disconnect the heating  unit tubes (25) and (26).
(For details, see REMOVAL OF THE CAB HEATING
GROUP).
16 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit.
Disconnect the tubes (27), (28) connecting the unit to
the drying filter (29) and the expansion valve (30).
H   Immediately plug the tubes and the orifices tightly
to prevent moisture from entering into the air-con-
ditioning circuit.
17 - Lift   off   the  lower   left-hand  guard  of   the  cab  and  di-
sconnect the connector (31) of the fuel level indicator
and the connector of the self-supply pump, if any.
18 - Also lift off the lower right-hand guard.
19 - Remove  the  grip  (32)   of   the  hand  accelerator   and
then  the  inspection  cover   (33).   Push  the  protective
sleeve (34) of the gearbox lever down into the side co-
ver (35).
20 - Remove the  grips  (36) of  the  outrigger  control levers
and  the  grip  (37)   of   the  lever-locking  device.   Lift   off
the cover (38) of the  control levers.
21 - Take off the self-locking nuts (39) and the four screws
that secure the cab.
30-39
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CAB
WB97S-2
RKZA8710
25
26
27
28
29
30
RKZA1922
31
RKZA8752
32
33
35
34
RKZA0471
36
37
38
39
22 - Take off the protective plugs and screw two eyebolts
A into the holes supplied for hoisting purposes.
Attach the cab (40) to the hoisting tackle and apply a
slight tension.
23 - Slowly  raise  the  cab,  directing  its  movement  in  such
way that the gear lever slides out.
H   Make sure that all the electrical leads and the ac-
celerator cables are free.
Cab: 630 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE CAB
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Drain and refill the air-conditioning unit.
Quantity  of fluid (R134a): 970w15 g
Quantity  of oil: See the amount recovered.
H   Check and adjust the stroke of the hand and pedal ac-
celerators.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS).
H   Adjust  the  stroke  of  the  parking  brake  lever.  (For  de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Bleed the air from the braking circuit. (For details, see
20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Bleed the air from the steering circuit. (For details, see
20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Cab retaining screws: 169w9.8 Nm
30-40
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CAB
WB97S-2
RKZA0481
40
A
REMOVAL OF THE  HEAT  AND  AIR-CONDITIONING  GROUP
NOTE.   If no air-conditioning unit is included, perform only
those operations relating to the heating unit.
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
H   Drain the engine cooling liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
1 - Drain the air-conditioning unit.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
2 - Disconnect  the  flexible  hose  (1)  of  the  heating  water
cock.
3 - Disconnect the connector of the power-supply cabling
(2) and the clamp.
4 - Disconnect the pipes (4) from the fan-cooler (3).
5 - Disconnect the tubes (5) and (6) that connect with the
engine.
6 - Disconnect   the   connector   (8)   from   the   pressure
switch (7).
7 - Disconnect  the  delivery  pipe(11)  and  the  return  pipe
(12)  from  the  expansion  valve  (9)  and  the  dryer  filter
(10).
H   Immediately plug the tubes and the orifices tightly
to prevent moisture from entering into the air-con-
ditioning circuit.
H   Re-use the O-ring.
8 - Loosen the clip and remove the drying filter (10).
H   Immediately  plug  the  delivery  tube  (11)   and  the
expansion  valve  (9)   tightly   to  prevent   moisture
from entering into the air-conditioning circuit.
H   Re-use the O-ring.
9 - Remove  the  four  screws  (13)  and  remove  the  group
(3).
30-41
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HEAT  AND AIR-CONDITIONING GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA8820
1
6
5
RKZA8830
2
10
  9
RKZA8840
4
5
6
  3
RKZA8711
6
8
7
9
12
10
11
13
INSTALLATION OF THE HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING GROUP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 -   Refill the cooling liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
2 -   Drain and refill the air-conditioning  unit.
Quantity  of fluid (R134a): 970w15 g
Quantity  of oil: See the amount recovered.
3 -   Start the engine and use a leak detector to check
the leaktightness of the air-conditioning unit.
30-42
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HEAT  AND AIR-CONDITIONING GROUP
WB97S-2
REMOVAL OF THE  FUEL TANK
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Remove the lower left-hand guard (1) of the cab.
2 - Take the cap (2) off the filling inlet of the fuel tank (3)
and remove also the bottom plug in order to drain the
fuel.
Fuel: max. 130 ,
3 - Remove the nut (4) in order to free the clips (5).
4 - Take off the guard (6) and lift off the accumulator co-
ver (7).
Disconnect from positive terminal (+) the clamps (8)
and, using handle (10), left out the accumulator (9).
5  -Disconnect   the  connector   (11)   of   the  level   indicator
(12)  and  the  connector  (13)  of  the  self-supply  pump,
if fitted.
6 - Disconnect the fuel suction and flow-back hoses (14)
and (15) and the pipe of the self-supply pump, if fitted.
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
H   Mark  the  pipes  to  avoid  exchanging  them  during
installation.
7 - Remove the screws (16) and the guard (17).
8 - Support  the  fuel   tank  (3)  with  hoisting  tackle  and  re-
move the four retaining screws (18).
9 - Remove the fuel tank (3).
Fuel tank: 73 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
FUEL  TANK
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Retaining screws for fuel tank: 120 Nm
1 - Refill the fuel tank.
Fuel: max. 130 ,
2 - Bleed the air from the fuel circuit.
3 - Start the engine.
30-43
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FUEL TANK
WB97S-2
RKZA1940
1
2
6
3
4
5
RKZA7794
7
8
9
10
RKZA1921
11
12
13
14
  15
16
17
RKZA1950
18
REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC  OIL TANK
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine.
Eliminate completely any residual pressures from all
circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
1 - Take off the lower right-hand guard (1) of the cab.
2 - Remove the guard (2).
3 - Raise the  guard (3) and remove the oil drainage cap
(4).
H   Drain the hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
4 - Disconnect the lower suction (6) and drainage (7) ho-
ses from the tank (5).
H   Leave the check valve (8) on the tank.
H   Plug the hoses to prevent entry of impurities.
5 - Disconnect the upper pipes (9), (10) and (11), remove
the check valve (12) and the T-piece (13).
H   Make a note of the assembly sequence.
6 - Support  the tank (5) with  hoisting tackle  and  remove
the four retaining screws (14).
7 - Remove the tank (5).
Oil for the tank: 77 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Tank retaining screws: 120 Nm
1 - Refill the tank.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
2 - Refill the pump (For details, see 20. TESTING AND
ADJUSTMENTS).
3 - Start the engine to let the oil circulate through all the
hydraulic systems and check for leaks.
4 - Bleed the air from the hydraulic systems. (For details,
see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
5 - Stop  the  engine,  check  the  oil   level   in  the  tank,  and
top it up if necessary.
30-44
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
WB97S-2
RKZA1960
14
2
3
1
RKZA1970
3
4
5
RKZA1980
6
7
  8
7
RKZA1990
9
10
11
12
13
REMOVAL OF THE  ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP  GROUP
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
Release all residual pressure in all circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   Drain the hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
H   Drain the engine cooling liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
H   Drain the oil from the gearbox.
Gearbox oil: 16  ,
1 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit.
Drain the air conditioning unit.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
2 - Remove  the  front   working  equipment.   (For   details,
see REMOVAL OF THE FRONT WORKING EQUIP-
MENT).
3 - Take  off   the  engine  hood.   (For  details,   see  REMO-
VAL OF THE ENGINE HOOD).
4 - Take out the screws (1) and remove the front counter-
weight   (2).   (For   details,   see   REMOVAL   OF   THE
FRONT COUNTERWEIGHT).
5 - Remove  the  radiator-oil   cooler   group.   (For   details,
see  REMOVAL  OF  THE  RADIATOR-OIL  COOLER
GROUP).
6 - Raise  the  protective  sleeve  (3),   disconnect   the  con-
nector (4).
7 - Disconnect the rear cardan shaft (6) from the gearbox
(5).
8 - Remove the front cardan shaft (7).
30-45
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA9140
2
1
1
RKZA8850
4
3
RKZA9311
5
6
RKZA9320
7
9 - Disconnect the suction hose (10) and the drainage pi-
pe (11) from the pump (9).
Disconnect   also  the  power   increment   solenoid  con-
nector.
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
10 - Disconnect the Load Sensing signal pipe (12) and the
delivery pipe (13) from valve (14).
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
11 - Disconnect from the transmission (15) the connectors
(16)  and  the  oil   cooling  circuit  pipes  and  the  control
lines (17).
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
12 - Disconnect   the  connectors  from  sensors  (18),   from
thermostat (19) and from speed sensor (20).
30-46
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA8872
10
11
9
RKZA8862
13
14
12
RKZA8880
15
16
  16
17
RKZO4370
18
20
18
19
18
13 - Disconnect   the  coolant   liquid  temperature  sensors
(21) and (22) from the engine.
14 - Disconnect  the  cab  heating  pipes  (23)  from  the  coo-
lant pump.
15 - Disconnect the connector (24) of the oil pressure sen-
sor and the connector (25) of the solenoid that stops
the engine.
16 - Disconnect the cable (26) of the cold-start equipment,
the  cab  heating-pipe  support   clip  (27),   and  the  fuel
tank flow-back hose (28).
17 - Disconnect the cables (29) of the pedal and hand ac-
celerators. Disengage the support sheathing (30).
30-47
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA7890
21
22
23
RKZA0660
24
25
RKZA1762
26
28
27
RKZA0092
29
30
18 - Disconnect the fuel lines (32) from the separator (31)
and plug them.
19 - Remove the separator.
20 - Disconnect   the  cables  (33)   from  the  starting  motor
(34) and the cables (35) from the alternator (36).
21 - Only  for  machines  equipped  with  an  air-conditio-
ning unit.
Save  the  coolant  R134a  and  disconnect  the  delivery
tubes  (38)  and  suction  tubes  (39)  from  the  compres-
sor (37).
H   Immediately plug the  tubes and  orifices tightly to
prevent moisture from entering into the air-condi-
tioning  circuit.
H   Disconnect   the   air-conditioning  unit   connectors
(40) and (41).
22 - Remove the plate (42) and push it towards the back of
the machine.
30-48
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA0670
31
32
RKZA0680
36
33
34
35
RKZA8575
41
  39
38
40
37
RKZA0383
42
23 - Disconnect the flexible return hose (44) from the muf-
fler (43).
24 - Attach the entire group to some hoisting tackle using
the engine bracket  (45) and  the muffler support  (46).
Apply a slight tension to the hoisting chains.
H   The  chains  should  have  a  total   length  of   about   800
mm and a difference between the arms of 53 mm.
H   The shortest length should be attached to the bracket
(45).
H   When  under  tension  the  cables should  be  about  200
mm apart at the height of the muffler.
25 - Loosen and remove the nuts (47) of the anti-vibration
supports (48) of the engine and gearbox, and take out
the screws (49).
26 - Raise the entire group until the chassis supports are
disengaged, and than accompany the group in order
to slide it away from the front part of the chassis.
Engine-gearbox-pump  group: 740 kg
30-49
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA0691
43
44
RKZA0702
45   46
RKZA1640
200 mm
-- 53 mm
RKZA0712
47
49
49
47
48
48
INSTALLATION  OF THE ENGINE GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 - Fill the hydraulic oil tank up to its maximum level.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
2 - Fill the gearbox up to its maximum level.
Gearbox oil: 16 ,
3 - Refill the coolant liquid.
Coolant liquid: 18 ,
4 - Drain and refill the air-conditioning  unit.
Quantity  of fluid (R134a): 970w15 g
Quantity  of oil: See the amount recovered.
Screws for front counterweight: 300w30 Nm
Screws on gearbox side: 70 Nm
Screws on gearbox side: Loctite 262
Nut on axle side 70 Nm
H   Fill   up  the  pump  casing  and  the  pump,   to  bring  the
tank up to pressure.
For   the  method  see  20.   TESTING  AND  ADJUST-
MENTS.
H   Bleed the air from the fuel lines.
Nuts from the anti-vibration supports:
196w19,6 Nm
4 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and coolant liquid.
Check that there are no leaks.
5 - Use a leak detector to check the leaktightness of the
delivery  and  return  pipes  of  the  air-conditioning  unit
compressor.
6 - Bleed  the  air   from  the  working  equipment   circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
7 - Stop  the  engine,  check  the  levels  and,  if  necessary,
top them up.
30-50
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ENGINE-GEARBOX-PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
REMOVAL OF THE  PISTON  PUMP
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
Release all residual pressure in all circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   Drain the hydraulic oil.
Quantity  of oil: 92 ,
1 - Disconnect the suction hose (2) and the drainage pi-
pe (3) from piston pump (1).
2 - Disconnect   the  delivery  pipe  (4)   and  the  Load  Sen-
sing signal line (5).
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
3 - Disconnect the solenoid connector (6).
4 - Take out the rear cardan shaft (7).
5 - Attach  the  pump  (1)  to  the  tool   B1  mounted  on  a  pit
jack.
H   For attachment purposes, use the pump body fil-
ling pipe (8).
30-51
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   PISTON PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA8873
3
1
2
RKZA8863
4
5
6
RKZA2040
9
7
RKZA2050
1
B1
6 - Take out the two screws (9) and remove the pump (1)
complete with its O-ring (10).
Pump: 40 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
PISTON PUMP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 -   Fill the tank with hydraulic oil up to maximum level.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
H   Fill   the  pump  body  and  the  pump,   bringing  the
tank up to pressure.
For the method, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUST-
MENTS.
Screws for suction flange: 100 Nm
Screws for delivery flange: 60 Nm
Screws on gearbox side: Loctite 262
Screws on gearbox side: 70 Nm
Nut on axle side: 70 Nm
Pump retaining screws: Loctite 262
Pump retaining screws: 220 Nm
2 - Start the engine to circulate the oil in all hydraulic cir-
cuits.
3 - Stop the engine, check the oil level in the tank and, if
necessary, top it up.
30-52
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   PISTON PUMP
WB97S-2
RKZA0741
1
8
10
B1
REMOVAL OF THE  TRANSMISSION
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Make the backhoe safe.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Drain the hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
H   Drain the oil from the gearbox.
Gearbox oil: 16 ,
1 - Remove  the  piston  pump.   (For  details,   see  REMO-
VAL OF THE PISTON PUMP).
2 - Raise  the  protective  sleeve  (1),   disconnect   the  con-
nector (2) of the transmission disengagement.
3 - Disconnect the pipe (3) that fills the gearbox with oil.
4 - Take out the front cardan shaft (4).
5 - Take off the cover (5) of the flywheel oil-sump and ta-
ke  out   the  six  retaining  screws  (6)   of   the  converter
coupling flange (7).
30-53
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TRANSMISSION
WB97S-2
RKZA8851
2
1
RKZA2071
3
  4
RKZA0761
5
6
7
6 - Disconnect   the  connectors  (9)   of   the  solenoids  and
the  tubes   (10)   for   oil   circulation  and  controls   from
transmission (8).
H   Plug the pipes to prevent entry of impurities.
7 - Disconnect   the  connectors  from  sensors  (11),   from
thermostat (12) and from speed sensor (13).
8 - Remove the plate (14) and push it towards the back of
the machine.
9 - Attach the engine-gearbox group to the hoisting tack-
le using the engine bracket (15) and the muffler sup-
port (16). Apply tension to the hoisting chains.
30-54
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TRANSMISSION
WB97S-2
RKZA8881
10
9
9
8
RKZO4371
11
13
11
12
11
RKZA1914
14
RKZA2081
15   16
10 - Loosen  and  remove  the  nuts  (17),   and  screws  (18)
and the anti-vibration nuts (19).
11 - Remove the gearbox supports (20).
12 - Attach  in  the  place  of  the  supports  (20),  the  tool   C1
mounted  on  a  pit  jack  A  which  can  be  lowered  by
approx. 60 cm.
H   Secure the tool C1 and screws B M12x40.
13 - Loosen  and  remove  the  twelve  screws (21)  that  hold
the engine and gearbox together.
14 - Remove the entire gearbox, by shifting it towards the
back of the machine in order to disengage the conver-
tor. Lower it slowly and turn the group in a clockwise
direction  to disengage  it from the  chassis in order to
extract it.
30-55
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TRANSMISSION
WB97S-2
RKZA9310
17   18
20
19
17   18
RKZA9200
A
B
C1
22
RKZA8770
21
INSTALLATION  OF THE TRANSMISSION
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
Gearbox oil: 16 ,
H   Fill the pump body and the pump in order to pressuri-
se the tank.
For   the  method,   see  20.   TESTING  AND  ADJUST-
MENTS.
Screws for securing lever: 120 Nm
Screws: Loctite 262
Screws on gearbox side: Loctite 262
Screws on gearbox side: 70 Nm
Nuts on axle side: 70 Nm
Flange screws: Loctite 262
Flange screws: 70 Nm
Anti-vibration nuts: 196w19.6 Nm
Support screws: Loctite 262
Support screws: 90 Nm
Engine-gearbox screws: Loctite 262
Engine-gearbox screws: 90 Nm
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil. Check that there
are no leaks.
2 - Bleed  the  air   from  the  working  equipment   circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
3 - Stop  the  engine,  check  the  levels  and,  if  necessary,
top them up.
30-56
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   TRANSMISSION
WB97S-2
REMOVAL OF THE  CONVERTOR
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Drain the hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
H   Drain the oil from the gearbox.
Gearbox oil: 16 ,
1 - Remove  the  piston  pump.   (For  details,   see  REMO-
VAL OF THE PISTON PUMP).
2 - Remove the gearbox (For details, see REMOVAL OF
THE GEARBOX).
3 - Slide the convertor (1) away from the gearbox shafts
(2), (primary and secondary).
H   If   necessary,   use  two  levers  applied  in  opposed
positions.
H   Take great care not to damage the centering hub
of the gearbox.
INSTALLATION  OF THE
CONVERTOR
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Engage  the  two  shafts  (primary  and  secondary)   by
slowly rotating the body of the convertor.
1 - Refill the tank with hydraulic oil up to maximum level.
Hydraulic  oil: 92 ,
H   Fill   the  pump  body  and  the  pump,   bringing  the
tank up to pressure.
For   the   method,   see   20.   TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS.
2 - Refill the gearbox.
Gearbox oil: 16 ,
3 - Start   the  engine  to  circulate  the  oil   in  all   circuits.
Check that there are no leaks.
4 - Bleed  the  air   from  the  working  equipment   circuits.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
5 - Stop  the  engine,  check  the  levels  and,  if  necessary,
top them up.
30-57
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CONVERTOR
WB97S-2
RKZA8730
1
2
REMOVAL OF THE  TRANSMISSION-REVERSE, DIRECTION
INDICATOR AND  HEADLIGHT DIPPER BEAM  CONTROL GROUP
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Remove  four  nut   (1)   and  divide  the  transmission-re-
verse  (2)   from  direction  and  headlight   dipper   beam
control group (3).
2 - Remove four  screw (4) and guard (5).
3 - Raise  the  protective  sleeve  (6)   and  disconnect   the
connector (7); remove the direction and headlight dip-
per beam control group.
4 - Rotate  in  counterclockwise  direction  the  ring  (8)  and
disconnect the control group (2).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
TRANSMISSION-REVERSE,
DIRECTION INDICATOR  AND
HEADLIGHT  DIPPER  BEAM
CONTROL GROUP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
30-58
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
TRANSMISSION-REVERSE, DIRECTION INDICATOR  AND
HEADLIGHT  DIPPER BEAM  CONTROL GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA8660
2
1
RKZA8670
3
4
5
RKZA8680
7
6
RKZA8690
8
2
REMOVAL OF THE  STEERING UNIT
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine and remove
the ignition wrench.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect the five pipes (2) from the steering unit (1)
and plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
H   Mark  the  positions  to  prevent   exchanges  during
re-connection.
2 - Remove  the  central   guard  (3)   beneath  the  steering
wheel.
3 - Remove  the  guard  (4)  raise  the  protective  sleeve  (5)
and disconnect the connectors (6) and (7).
4 - Disconnect the connector (8) and the relay (9).
5 - Loosen the steering column (11) retaining screws (10)
and the steering unit (1).
6 - Take  out   the  screws  (12)   and  remove  the  plate  (13)
that   supports  the  steering  column  and  the  steering
unit.
7 - Take out the screws (10) and remove the steering unit
(1).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
STEERING UNIT
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Bleed  the  air  from  the  Load  Sensing  circuit.  (For  de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Start  the  engine  and  perform  several   complete  stee-
ring  manoeuvres  in  both  directions,   to  bleed  the  air
out of the steering system.
30-59
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   STEERING UNIT
WB97S-2
RKZA0870
2
  1
RKZA8700
5
4
3
RKZA8890
6
7
RKZA0891
8 9
11
13
  12
10
REMOVAL OF THE  WORKING  BRAKE  PUMP  GROUP
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground, and stop the engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Remove the cap (1) of the oil tank (2) and draw out the
oil contained inside it.
2 - Remove the oil tank (2).
3 - Remove the clip (3) that holds the delivery lines (4).
4 - Remove the delivery lines (4) from the pumps (5).
5 - Take  out   the  four  screws  (6)   and  remove  the  pump
group (5).
H   If   only  one  pump  is  to  be  removed,   also  discon-
nect the pressure- equalizing pipe (7).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
WORKING BRAKE  PUMP  GROUP
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Bleed the air from the braking circuit. (For details, see
20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Make sure that the push-rods (8) center the seating of
the pistons.
H   After installation, check the idle stroke and parallelism
of the brake pedals and, if necessary, adjust the cou-
pling microswitches for 4-wheel brake control. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Pipe fitting:  20 Nm
30-60
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   WORKING BRAKE  PUMP GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA0900
5
4
1
2
6
6
3
7
RKZA0910
8
9
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  WORKING  EQUIPMENT
CONTROL VALVE
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine and remove
the ignition wrench.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
1 - Remove  the  grip  (1)   of  the  hand  accelerator  and  di-
sengage the protective sleeves (2) and (3).
2 - Take out the screws (4) and remove the guard (5).
3 - Disconnect the spool control tie-rods (7) from the con-
trol valve (6).
4 - Disconnect from the  control valve all pipes and lines
for   the   actuators   (8),   pump   delivery   (9),   drainage
(10), Load Sensing (11) and plug them.
H   Mark the pipes to avoid exchanging positions du-
ring  reconnection.
5 - Take out the four control valve retaining screws.
6 - Remove the control valve (6).
INSTALLATION  OF THE FRONT
WORKING EQUIPMENT CONTROL
VALVE
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
1 - Start   the  engine  to  circulate  the  oil,   and  check  that
there are no leaks.
2 - Bleed  the  air  from  all   circuits.   (For  details,   see  20.
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
3 - Stop the engine and check the oil level in the tank.
30-61
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT  WORKING EQUIPMENT  CONTROL  VALVE
WB97S-2
RKZA8753
1
2
3
4
5
RKZA8780
6
7
RKZA2101
6
8
10
11
9
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  AXLE
1 - Start   the  engine  and  force  the  front   bucket   down-
wards  in  order   to  raise  the  machine  and  the  front
wheels.
2 - Place two stands A beneath the chassis.
3 - Slowly  lower  the  machine  onto  the  blocks,  checking
that   the   wheels   remain   at   least   5   cm  above   the
ground.
Fully raise the front  working equipment and engage
the safety stop. Also make the backhoe safe.
4 - Engage the parking brake.
5 - Stop the engine and eliminate residual pressure from
all   circuits.   (See   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
Raise  the   engine  hood  and  disconnect   the   cable
from accumulator negative terminal ().
6 - Take off the front wheels (1).
Wheel: 163 kg
7 - Remove the front guard (2). (For details, see REMO-
VAL OF FRONT GUARD).
8 - Remove the front wheel cover.
9 - Disconnect the cardan shaft (4) from the axle (3).
10 - Disconnect   the  lines  (5)   from  the  steering  cylinder
and plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
11 - Disconnect the tubes (6) for lubrication support (7).
12 - Disconnect cable (8).
30-62
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT AXLE
WB97S-2
RKZA9150
A
RKZA9160
2
1
3
RKZA9270
3
4
RKZA9280
3
5
5
7
8
6
6
13 - Position a jack B and some blocks C beneath the
axle. Raise the jack until the blocks can be forced un-
der the axle arms (3).
H   It should be possible to lower the jack 10 cm in or-
der  to  disengage  the  axle  from  the  fulcrum  sup-
ports.
14 - Loosen and remove the fixed support screw (8).
15 - Lower the jack until the axle is disengaged.
16 - Extract the entire axle (3).
Front axle: 530 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
FRONT AXLE
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Nuts for front wheels: 800 Nm
Front closing screws: 300w30 Nm
Screws: 73,5 Nm
H   Bleed  the  air  from  the  Load  Sensing  circuit.  (For  de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS.
Screws: 568 Nm
1 - Check the oil level in the tank and start the engine.
2 - Perform a few complete steering manoeuvres in both
directions to bleed the air from the steering circuit.
30-63
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT AXLE
WB97S-2
RKZA9280
3
5
5
7
8
6
6
RKZA9250
8
8
REMOVAL OF THE  REAR  AXLE
1 - Lower   the   backhoe   outriggers   (1)   and   force   them
downwards in order to raise the rear wheels (2) by ap-
prox. 5 cm.
2 - Prepare  a  safety  stand  A,  approx.  65  cm  high,  be-
neath the backhoe chassis. Pull up the outriggers un-
til the machine is resting on the stand A.
3 - For   safety's  sake,   rest   the  backhoe  bucket   with  its
back  on  the  ground,   keeping  the  arm  vertical.   Also
rest the front bucket on the   ground.
4 - Stop   the   engine   and   completely   release   residual
pressures   from  all   the   circuits.   (For   details,   see
20.TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
5 - Remove rear wheel.
Wheel: 163 kg
6 - Mark the pipe (3) and disconnect them from steering
cylinder.
H   Plug the pipes and holes to prevent entry of impu-
rities.
7 - Disconnect the working brake hoses (4) from the axle.
H   Plug the pipes and holes to prevent entry of impu-
rities.
8 - Disconnect the parking brake command cable (5) and
free collar.
9 - Disconnect the cardan shaft (6) from the rear axle.
10 - Disconnect the steering cylinder sensor connector.
30-64
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   REAR AXLE
WB97S-2
RKZA0960
1
2
A
1
RKZA0970
RKZA9230
A
RKZA9290
6
5
4
3
11 - Partially  loosen  the  screws  (7)   in  order   to  eliminate
the  tightening  torque  and  thus  facilitate  subsequent
dismantling.
H   Loosen the screws in criss-cross sequence.
12 - Place  a  jack  C  and  some  blocks  beneath  the  axle
(8). Raise the jack until the blocks can be forced un-
der the arms of the  axle.
H   Leave  free  the  screws (7)  and  plates   (9)  that  se-
cure the axle.
H   It should be possible to lower the jack by approx.
20 cm.
13 - Remove the screws (7) and the plates (9).
14 - Lower  the  jack  until   the  axle  (8)   is  disengaged  from
the chassis.
15 - Extract the entire axle (8).
Entire rear axle: 540 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
REAR  AXLE
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Wheel nuts: 800 Nm
H   Bleed the air from the braking circuits.
(See 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   Adjust  the stroke of the  parking brake lever.
(See 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Screws: 73,5 Nm
Screws: 980 Nm
Screws: Loctite 243
H   Tighten  in  two  stages,   using  the  criss-cross  me-
thod.
1 - Check the level in the tank and start the engine.
2 - Perform a few complete steering manoeuvres in both
directions to bleed the air from the steering circuit.
30-65
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   REAR AXLE
WB97S-2
RKZA9240
7
RKZA9120
8
C
7
9
REMOVAL OF STEERING  SOLENOID VALVE GROUP
Lower all working equipment and stop engine.
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
1 - Disconnect   the  solenoids  (Y1),   (Y2),   (Y3),   (Y4)   from
the valve body (1).
H   Ensure that the wiring harness is clearly labelled,
if in doubt mark the corresponding position of the
solenoids.
2 - Disconnect the pipes (2) - (3) - (4) - (5) from the valve
body (1).
H   Mark the  pipes for correct re-assembly.
H   Cap the pipe ends to prevent impurities entering.
3 - Remove the screws (6) that fasten the valve body (1)
to the support bracket (7).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
STEERING SOLENOID
VALVE  GROUP
.   Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
H   Check the mounting position carefully.
1 - Start engine.
2 - Steer the vehicle in both directions to remove any air
in the steering system.
3 - Stop the engine and check the oil level in the tank.
30-66
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   STEERING SOLENOID VALVE GROUP
WB97S-2
RKZA9300
5
1
2
3
  4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
6
RKZ04550
Y3
Y4
Y1
Y2
Direction of travel
c
d
Steering unit
Rear cylinder
Front cylinder
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  BUCKET  BOOM-RAISING CYLINDER
Lower   completely   the   working   equipment   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine.
1 - Put   a  sling  round  the  cylinder   (1)   and  insert   some
blocks A between the boom (2) and the fulcrum le-
ver spacer (3).
2 - Take off the snap-ring and the internal retaining spa-
cer for the piston attachment pin (4).
3 - Take  out  the  pin  (4)  in  order  to  free  the  piston  head
(5), but leave the fulcrum lever engaged (3).
4 - Start the engine to retract the piston (1).
H   Bind  the  piston  head  with  wire  to  secure  the  fully  re-
tracted position and stop the engine.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
5 - Disconnect the tubes (6) and (7) and plug them to pre-
vent entry of impurities.
6 - Remove the snap-ring (8) and the spacer (9).
7 - Remove the cylinder (1).
Cylinder:  40 kg
INSTALLATION  OF FRONT
BUCKET BOOM-RAISING
CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal  bushing: ASL800050
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-67
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT  BUCKET  BOOM-RAISING CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA2160
5
4
3
2
A
1
RKZA1951
6
7
1
RKZA2170
1
9
8
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  BUCKET  TILT CYLINDERS
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests on the ground and stop the engine.
1 - Loosen  the  clips  (1)  and  remove  the  tube  protection
(2).
H   For the right-hand cylinder only
Disconnect the sensor (3) and remove the bucket po-
sition indicator (4).
2 - Place a sling round the cylinder (5) and insert a block
A between the spacer (7) of the piston fulcrum lever
and the lever (8).
3 - Take off the snap-ring and the internal retaining spa-
cer for the piston attachment pin (9).
4 - Take out the pin (9).
5 - Start the engine to retract the piston (10).
H   Bind  the  piston  head  with  wire  to  secure  the  fully  re-
tracted position and stop the engine.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative ter-
minal ().
6 - Take out the screw (11) and remove the clamp (12).
7 - Disconnect  the  tubes  (13) and  (14) and  plug them  to
prevent entry of impurities.
8 - Remove the snap-ring (15) and the spacer (16).
9 - Remove the cylinder (5).
Cylinder:  40 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE FRONT
BUCKET TILT CYLINDERS
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal  bushing: ASL800050
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-68
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT BUCKET TILT CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA2180
3
  4
1
1
2
RKZA2190
A
  5
6
7
8
RKZA2200
10
11
12
13
14
9
RKZA2210
11
12
15
16
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  BUCKET
Lower the bucket to the ground, resting on its back,
but without forcing it downwards.
1 - Stop the engine and release residual pressures.
2 - Take out the screws (1) and remove the pins (2) of the
lever (3).
Rest the lever (3) on the boom.
3 - Take out the screws (4) and remove the pins (5) of the
bucket fulcrum.
4 - Start   the  engine  and  put   the  machine  into  reverse
gear in order to disengage the boom (6).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
FRONT BUCKET
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal  bushing: ASL800050
30-69
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT  BUCKET
WB97S-2
RKZA9080
RKZA1460
3
1
2
RKZA1470
4
5
6
REMOVAL OF THE  FRONT  WORKING  EQUIPMENT
Lower   the   working   equipment   completely   until   it
rests   on  the  ground  stop  the  engine  and  remove
the ignition wrench.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
1 - Remove the tilt cylinders. (See REMOVAL OF FRONT
BUCKET TILT CYLINDERS).
2 - Disconnect  the  cylinders  (2)  from  the  boom  and  rest
them on wooden blocks A placed on the front axle.
3 - Put a sling round the boom (1) as shown in the figure,
and attach it to the hoisting tackle. Apply a slight ten-
sion to the cables.
4 - Open  the  front  hood  (3)  and  take  out  the  screws  (4)
that lock the axle oscillation pins of the boom (1).
Close the front hood.
30-70
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT  WORKING EQUIPMENT
WB97S-2
RKZA9080
RKZA2220
A
  2
1
RKZA1090
4 4
RKZA9210
1
5 - Using a puller, take out the axle oscillation pins (5) of
the boom (1).
6 - Start   the  engine  and  put   the  machine  into  reverse
gear travel until the boom is disengaged.
H   If the working equipment is to be detached to aid
the  removal   of   the  engine-gearbox-pump  group,
and  the  machine  cannot   travel   automatically,   it
can be towed using the towing hooks of the bac-
khoe.
7 - Place two stands in position and lower the boom until
it is resting on them.
Work equipment: 960 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE FRONT WORKING EQUIPMENT
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure, if necessa-
ry using the front towing hook.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
.   Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-71
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   FRONT  WORKING EQUIPMENT
WB97S-2
RKZA7920
1
5
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  CONTROL VALVE
1 - Swing the backhoe completely to the right of the ma-
chine, and rotate the boom to approx. 45 to the right.
2 - Lower  the outriggers  to the  ground,  open  the  bucket
and rest the arm on a block A, keeping it perpendi-
cular to the ground.
3 - Rest the bucket teeth on the ground, release the bac-
khoe plate and stop the engine.
Release all residual pressure in all circuits. (For de-
tails, see 20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
4 - Take out the lower window (1) of the cab and comple-
tely raise the upper window.
5 - Remove  the  grips  (2)  of  the  control   levers  of  the  ou-
triggers and the grip (3) of the lever-locking device.
6 - Raise the protective sleeves (4) of the control levers,
take out the screws (5) and remove the cover (6).
H   If  any  optional   devices  have  been  fitted,  unhook
the  spool   command  tie-rods  (7)   and  remove  the
pedals (8) and the supports (9).
30-72
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE CONTROL  VALVE
WB97S-2
RKZA1680
RKZA1100
1
RKZA1110
4
4
3
5
6
2
RKZA1120
7
8
9
7 - Disconnect the connector (10) of the solenoid (11) of
the control valve (12).
8 - Disconnect the lever command tie-rods from the con-
trol valve.
9 - Disconnect from the  control valve the  pipes (14) (de-
livery,   return,   Load   Sensing   and   actuators).   Plug
them to prevent entry of impurities.
H   Mark  the  pipes  to  prevent   exchanging  positions
during  re-connection.
10 - Attach  the  control   valve  (12)  to  some  hoisting  tackle
and apply a slight tension to the cables.
11 - Remove the four screws (15) and then the entire con-
trol valve.
Control valve:   6-spool 47 kg
7-spool 53 kg
8-spool 59 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE CONTROL  VALVE
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
H   Bleed the air from Load Sensing circuits and from the
hydraulic circuits of all the actuators. (For details, see
20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS).
30-73
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE CONTROL  VALVE
WB97S-2
RKZA2251
14
13
11
10
12
RKZA2260
15
  15
REMOVAL OF BACKHOE  BOOM  CYLINDER
1 - Remove the lubrication nipple and the extension (1).
Extend  the  arm  (2)   completely  and  fully  open  the
bucket (3).
Manoeuvre the front equipment until the bucket teeth
are  resting  on  the  ground,   the  arm  on  a  block  A
about   10  cm  high,   and  the  joint   between  the  arm
and the boom on a stand B, about 70 cm high.
2 - Stop the engine and release residual pressures.
3 - Place a sling around the cylinder (4).
4 - Take out the screws (5) and remove the pin (6).
5 - Start the engine and retract the piston.
H   Secure  the  position  of  total   retraction  by  binding
the piston head  rod with wire.
6 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  any  residual   hydraulic
pressures.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS).
7 - Disconnect the pipes (7) and (8) and plug them to pre-
vent entry of impurities.
8 - Take out the screw (9) and remove the pin (10).
9 - Remove the cylinder (4).
Cylinder:  78 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE BOOM CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal  bushing: ASL800050
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After   bleeding  the  air,   check  the  oil   level   in  the
tank.
30-74
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE BOOM CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA1150
1
6
5
RKZA0140
3
2
B
A
10
9
RKZA1170
5
6
RKZA1180
8
4
7
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  ARM  CYLINDER
Extend  the  arm  (1)   completely  and  fully  open  the
bucket (2). Lower the arm (3) until the joint between
the arm and the boom is resting on a stand A about
90 cm high, and tip of the arm on a block B about
10 cm high. Rest the bucket teeth on the ground.
1 - Stop the engine and release the pressures in the cy-
linder by moving the control lever several times.
2 - Place a sling around the cylinder (4).
3 - Take out the screws (5) and remove the pin (6).
4 - Start the engine and retract the piston (7).
H   Secure the position of total retraction of the piston
(7) by binding  the piston head rod with wire.
5 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS).
6 - Disconnect the pipes (8) and (9) and plug them to pre-
vent entry of impurities.
7 - Take out the snap-ring (10) and remove the pin (11).
8 - Remove the cylinder (4).
Cylinder:  69 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE ARM  CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
1 -   Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-75
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE ARM CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA1160
2
1
3
B
A
RKZA1190
5
6
4
RKZA1200
7
8
4
  9
RKZA1210
11   4
10
REMOVAL OF THE  JIG ARM  CYLINDER
Open the arm (1) completely and lower it until it rests
on a trestle "A" that is roughly 40 cm high.
Extend the jig arm (2) until it rests on a block "B", and
let the bucket teeth rest on the ground.
1 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  cylinder  (3)  pressu-
res, by moving the command pedal several times.
2 - Put a sling around the cylinder (3).
3 - Take off the snap ring  and remove the pin (4).
4 - Start the engine to retract the piston.
H   Secure the fully retracted position of the piston by
binding  it with wire.
5 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.
(For details see 20. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS).
6 - Take out the safety pin (5).
7 - Disconnect   the  hoses  (6),   (7),   (8)   and  (9),   and  plug
them to prevent entry of impurities.
8 - Remove the clamp (10).
9 - Remove the screws (11) and the pin (12).
10 - Remove the cylinder (3).
INSTALLATION  OF THE
JIG ARM  CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  positions  between  hole  and  pin,   let
the engine turn over at low idling.
Do not insert fingers into the holes to check on align-
ment.
Internal bushings: ASL800050
1 -   Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For details, see 20. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-76
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   JIG  ARM CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA7930
1
2
4
A
B
RKZA7940
5
3
RKZA7950
9   7
8
6
12
11
10
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  BUCKET CYLINDER
Extend  the  arm  (1)   completely  and  fully  open  the
bucket (2). Lower the boom (3) until the arm is resting
on a stand A about 90 cm high, and tip of the arm
on  a  block  B  about   10  cm  high.   Rest   the  bucket
teeth on the ground.
1 - Stop the engine and release the pressures in the cy-
linder (4) by moving the control lever several times.
2 - Place a sling around the cylinder (4).
3 - Take out the lock-nut (5) and the washer and remove
the pin (6).
4 - Start the engine and retract the piston (7).
H   Secure the position of total retraction of the piston
by binding  the piston head rod with wire.
5 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS).
6 - Disconnect the bracket (8) and the pipes (9) and (10),
and plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
H   For the jig arm, take out the screw (14) and remo-
ve the pin (15).
7 - Take out the snap-ring (11) and remove the pin (12).
H   For the jig arm, take out the screw (14) and remo-
ve the pin (15).
8 - Remove the cylinder (4).
Cylinder:  49 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE BUCKET  CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
H   Tighten  the  locknut   completely,   then  release  it
half a turn.
1 -   Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-77
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  BUCKET CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA2291
2
3 1
A
B
4
RKZA2300
7
4
5
6
RKZA2310
4
9
10
11
12
8
RKZA7960
12
13
14
15
For jig arm
REMOVAL OF THE  OUTRIGGER  CYLINDERS
Position  the  backhoe  with  the  equipment   centered,
the  arm  vertical   and  the  back  of   the  bucket   resting
on the ground.
1 - Extend the outriggers (1) of about 15 cm, stop the en-
gine and release the cylinders pressures.
2 - Place a lifting platform "A" beneath outrigger (2).
Raise this until it is forced up against the outrigger.
3 - Remove the clamp (3).
4 - Disconnect   from  cylinder   (5)   the  pipe  (4)   and  plug
them to avoid impurity entry.
Plug also the union to avoid the movement of piston.
5 - Remove screw (6) and extract the pin (7) until the cy-
linder (5) is free.
6 - Raise  the  lifting  platform  "A"  to  disengage  the  cylin-
der head (5) from frame.
Place  a  sling  round  the  cylinder  (5)  and  apply  slight
tension to the cables.
30-78
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA0971
1
RKZA1240
A
1
2
RKZA1250
4
5
6
7
3
4
RKZA1260
7
5
7 - Take out the screw (9) and remove the pin (10).
8 - Remove the cylinder (5).
Cylinder:  42 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
1 -   Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-79
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   OUTRIGGER CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA1270
9
8
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  SWING CYLINDERS
Position  the  backhoe  with  the  equipment   centered,
the  arm  vertical   and  the  back  of   the  bucket   resting
on the ground.
1 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  cylinder   pressures  by
moving the control levers several times.
2 - Take out the screws (1) and remove vertically the upper
support (2) of the cylinder fulcrum.
3 - Disconnect   the  four   tubes  (4)   from  the  cylinders  (3)
and plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
4 - Take out the screws (5) and remove the pins (6).
5 - Rotate  the  cylinders  to  disengage  the  piston  heads
from  the  swing  bracket  (7)  and  remove  the  cylinders
(3).
Cylinder:  30 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE SWING CYLINDERS
1 - Mount   the  cylinders  (3)   and  the  upper   cylinder   ful-
crum  support   (6).   Secure  the  support   with  the  four
screws (1).
Support screw: Loctite 262
Support screw: 100w10 kgm
2 - Connect the four tubes (4) to the cylinders.
3 - Start the engine and swing the boom in order to cen-
ter   one  of   two  pins  (8).   Secure  the  1
st
pin  with  the
screw (7).
Perform the same operation for the other pin.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
4 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-80
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  SWING CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA0970
RKZA1280
3
2
1
1
RKZA1290
6
4
5
3
7
REMOVAL OF BACKHOE  BACKFRAME LOCK  CYLINDER
H   Set  the  backhoe  with  the  centered  attachments  with
the  arm  in  vertical   position  and  the  bucket   leaned
on the back at level ground.
1 - Unlock the backframe (1).
2 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENT).
3 - Disconnect from cylinder (2) the pipes (3) and (4) and
plug them to avoid impurity entry.
4 - Remove screws (5) and cylinders  (2).
INSTALLATION  OF BACKHOE
BACKFRAME  LOCK  CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Locking screw: Loctite 262
Locking screw: 41w4 kgm
Cylinder seat: ASL800050
1 - Start the engine, lock and unlock the backframe seve-
ral times to make the circuit feeling.
30-81
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  BACKFRAME LOCK  CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA0970
RKZA1300
3
  2
5
1
4
DISASSEMBLY  OF CYLINDERS
(Front  bucket raise  and tilt, boom, arm,  bucket,  outriggers and jig arm)
1 - Place the cylinder (1) on the tool A1. Engage the cy-
linder head in the tools A2 appropriate to the diame-
ter of the hole.
For the arm cylinder with side-digging boom first ex-
tract  the  snap-rings  (2)  and  the  ball-and-socket  joint
(3).
2 - Using   the   specially-made   wrench   A4,   A5,   A6  un-
screw the cylinder head (4) and extract it from the cy-
linder (1).
For the side-digging boom cylinder, first remove
the lock-nut (5) that secures the piston-rod seal.
3 - Raise  the  cylinder  (1)   and  attach  the  piston  head  to
the mobile group of the tool.
4 - Extract the piston-rod group (6) from the cylinder (1).
5 - Remove the cylinder (1) and the piston-rod group (6).
30-82
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA1540
1
A2
A2
A1
RKZA1530
1   4
3   2
5
RKZA1560
1
6
4
A1
6 - Secure the piston-rod group (6) on the tool A1.
7 - For   the  side  digging  boom  cylinder:   remove  the
snap-spin (10).
8 - For the piston rod of the boomcylinder: remove the
screw (7).
9 - Use  the  appropriate  socket wrench  A7 on the  piston
hexagon (11) and unscrew the piston.
H   Measurement of the socket wrench:
For raising the front bucket:   55 mm
For tilting the front bucket:   55 mm
Boom:   65 mm
Arm:   55 mm
Bucket:   55 mm
Outriggers:   46 mm
Jig arm:   46 mm
Side digging boom:   46 mm
10 - For  the  piston  rod  of  the  boom  cylinder:  Take  out
the ball bearings (8) and the cushion plunger (9).
11 - Dismantle  all   the  groups  by  removing  all   the  seals,
the dust-seals, the guide rings, and the fulcrum bus-
hings.
The  seals,   the  dust   seals  and  the  guide  rings
cannot be used again.
Carefully  check  the  pistons  (11).   If   both  safety-
caulked  areas  show  wear,   the  pistons  must   be
replaced.
30-83
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
7
9
8
1 BRACCIO
RKZ00020
BOOM
10
11
6
PISTONE
DEPORTABILE
11
6
11
6
2 BRACCIO
SOLLEVAMENTO
ROVESCIAMENTO
RKZ00010
SIDE DIGGING
BOOM PISTON
ARM
RAISING
TILTING
ASSEMBLY OF CYLINDERS
(Front  bucket raise  and tilt, boom, arm,  bucket,  outriggers and jig arm)
H   Take  great care  not  to damage  the  seals  and  the  sli-
ding surfaces.
H   Prepare  each  individual   component   before  the  final
assembly.
1. ASSEMBLY OF  THE CYLINDER  HEAD
1.1  Only  for   the  cylinders  for   front   bucket   raise
and tilt, boom, arm, bucket, outriggers, jig arm
1 - Mount the gasket (12) in the cylinder head.
2 - Mount the gasket (13) in the cylinder head.
H   Make sure that the lips are turned towards the in-
side of the cylinder.
3 - Mount the guard ring (14) using the tool A8.
4 - Mount the O-ring (15) and the anti-extrusion ring (16)
on the outside  of the cylinder head.
1.2 Cylinder for side  digging boom
1 - Insert  the  gasket  (17)  in  the  cylinder  head,  and  let  it
beat   on  seat   bottom,   then  insert   the  anti-extrusion
ring (18).
H   Check carefully the assembly orientation.
2 - Mount the guard ring (19) in the lock-nut (5).
3 - Tighten the lock nut (5) until leaning lightly on anti-ex-
trusion ring  (18).
4 - Assemble on head the O-ring (20), the anti-extrusion
(21), the O-ring (22) and the  ring (23).
2. RE-ASSEMBLING THE  PISTON
2.1  Only  for   the  cylinders  for   front   bucket   raise
and tilt, boom, arm, bucket, outriggers, jig arm
1 - Use the tool A9 with the appropriate diameter, mount
the ring (24) the external ring (25) and the anti-extru-
sion rings (26) onto the piston (11).
2 - Prepare the guide ring (27).
H   There  are  two  guide  rings  (27)   for   the  boom  pi-
ston.
3 - For the boom piston only: insert the O-ring (28) into
the internal seating.
30-84
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
16   15
14   13   12
RKZ00040
21   20
19   18   17
22
23
5
RKZ00050
24
26
  25   26   27
11
RKZ00090
RKZA1580
28
27
A9
2.1  Side  digging boom  cylinder
H   This mounting should be performed directly on piston.
1 - Mount  central  ring  (29),  rubber  ring  (30)  and  anti-ex-
trusion ring  (31).
2 - Mount on piston first washer (32), guide ring (33), cen-
tral ring assembly (29), second guide ring (34) and se-
cond washer (35).
3 - Tighten  nut  (36)  and  lock  the  piston  group  after  loc-
king rod head under the press. (See 3. RE-ASSEM-
BLING THE PISTON-ROD GROUP).
4 - Insert the snap ring  (10).
3. RE-ASSEMBLING THE  PISTON-ROD GROUP
1 - Only  for  the  cylinders  for  front   bucket   raise  and
tilt,   boom,   arm,   bucket   and  side  digging  boom:
using  a  press  and  tools  A2  with  the  appropriate  dia-
meter, insert the bushing (37) into the piston head (6).
2 - Mount  the  bushing  A10  of  the  correct  diameter  onto
the tip of the piston rod (6).
3 - Slightly lubricate the cylinder head seals (4) and slide
the group onto the piston rod (6).
Seals: ASL800050
4 - For the cylinders of the outriggers only: mount the
spacer (38) with the O-ring  (39).
H   Check carefully the assembly orientation.
For the arm cylinder only: insert the spacer (40).
30-85
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
34 31 30 31 33
32
  35
36
10
29
RKZ00060
RKZA1500
6
37
A1
A2
RKZA1510
4
6
6
A10
6 38
STABILIZZATORI
2 BRACCIO
40
39
RKZ00070
A10
OUTRIGGERS
ARM
5 - Remove from the tip of the piston rod (6) the bushing
A10 and mount the piston (11) and the nut (36).
H   Grease the piston threading.
Piston locking  nut: Loctite 262
Piston locking  nut:
Front bucket raise:   290w29 kgm
Front bucket tilt:   290w29 kgm
Arm:   290w29 kgm
Bucket:   290w29 kgm
Outriggers:   155w15 kgm
Jig arm:   155w15 kgm
6 - For  the  boom  cylinder:  mount  the  cushion  plunger
(9),   slide  the  eleven  ball-bearings  (8)   into  the  hole,
and mount the dowel bolt (7).
Dowel bolt: Loctite 262
Dowel bolt: 23w2 Nm
7 - Screw  the  complete  piston  (11)   onto  the  piston  rod,
and secure it with the dynamometric  wrench.
Piston: 120 125 kgm
8 - Caulk  the  piston  (11) to  correspond  to  the  slot  in  the
piston rod (6) not previously  used.
4. RE-ASSEMBLING THE  CYLINDERS
1 - Mount   onto  the  apparatus  A1  the  tools  A2  with  the
appropriate diameter.
2 - For the boom, arm, bucket and side digging boom
cylinders only:
Position the bushing (41) and mount it in the cylinder
head (1).
H   There are two bushings for the arm cylinder, with
a spacer between them.
H   Leave the  cylinder in position for  subsequent as-
sembly.
3 - Lubricate the threading and the first part of the cylin-
der (1).
Cylinder: ASL800050
4 - Mount the two halves of the tool A11 with the appro-
priate diameter at the mouth of the cylinder (1).
30-86
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
6
  11
7
9
8
RKZ00021
RKZA1551
11
6
RKZA1541
1
41
A1
A2
A2
RKZA1520
1   A11
5 - Mount  the  piston  rod  group  (6)  on  the  apparatus  A1
and raise the mobile part to the end of its stroke.
6 - Place the cylinder (1) in a vertical position and guide
the piston into the tool A11.
7 - Lower  the  apparatus  that  supports  the  piston  rod  (6)
in order to center the piston  in the tool A11.
8 - Mount the first guide ring (27) onto the piston and in-
sert part of the piston into the tool A11.
For the boom cylinder only: mount the second gui-
de ring  (27) and fully insert the piston.
Insert the piston slowly in order to calibrate the guide
rings (27) without overheating them.
9 - Take  the  cylinder out  of the  tool  A11 and  then lower
the apparatus A1 further in order to bring the cylinder
head  (4)  and  the  piston  rod  head  closer  to  the  cylin-
der.
10 - Bring the cylinder (1) into position for screwing in the
cylinder head (4).
11 - Insert the cylinder head into the cylinder and screw it
in by hand for several turns.
12 - Use the right special wrench A4, A5, A6 to screw the
cylinder head (4) home.
Cylinder head: 95  100 kgm
13 - For  the  side  digging  boom  cylinders  only:  tighten
the lock-nut (5).
Lock-nut: 50 kgm
30-87
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   CYLINDERS
WB97S-2
RKZA1561
1
6
4
A1
A11
RKZ00080
5
DISASSEMBLY  OF BOOM  SWING CYLINDER
1 - Place  the  cylinder  (1)   on  the  apparatus  A1.  Engage
the axle oscillation pins in the tools A3.
2 - Using the specially-designed wrench A6, unscrew the
cylinder  head  (2)   and  extract   it   completely  from  the
cylinder (1).
3 - Remove the safety dowel bolt (10).
4 - Raise  the  cylinder  (1)   and  attach  the  piston  head  to
the mobile group of the apparatus A1.
5 - Extract the piston rod group (4) from the cylinder.
6 - Remove the cylinder and the piston rod group.
7 - Secure  the  complete  piston  rod  (4)  to  the  apparatus
A1.
8 - Raise  the  part   caulked  for   safety  purposes  and  un-
screw the piston using the tool A7.
Check the piston (5) carefully. If both safety-caulked
areas have been used, the piston must be replaced.
9 - Remove the snap-ring (6) from the piston and extract
the ring (7) and the spacer ring (8).
H   Make  a  note  of  the  order  of  assembly  of  the  ring
(7).
10 - Using  a  puller   remove  the  swing  bushings  (9)   from
the cylinder axle oscillation pins.
11 - Dismantle  the  groups  by  removing  all   the  seals,  the
guard  rings,   the  guide  rings  and  the  piston  fulcrum
bushing.
The seals, guard rings and guide rings must not
be used again.
30-88
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BOOM  SWING  CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZ00362
4
1 3 8
2
9
7
3
6
5
ASSEMBLY OF BOOM  SWING  CYLINDER
H   Take  great care  not  to damage  the  seals  and  the  sli-
ding surfaces.
H   Prepare  each  individual   component   before  the  final
assembly.
1. Assembly of  the cylinder head
1 - Mount the gasket (10) and the gasket (11) in the cylin-
der head.
H   Make sure that the lips are turned towards the in-
side of the cylinder.
2 - Mount the scraper ring (12).
3 - Mount the O-ring (13), the anti-extrusion ring (14) and
lastly the O-ring  (15) of the front seal.
2. Re-assembling the piston
1 - Use the tool A9 with the appropriate diameter, mount
the rubber ring (16) and the seal ring (17) onto the pi-
ston.   Remove  the  tool   A9  and  mount  the  anti-extru-
sion rings (18).
2 - Prepare the guide rings (19).
3 - Mount the O-ring (20) in the internal seating of the pi-
ston.
3. Re-assembling the piston-rod group
1 - Using a press and  tools A2 with the appropriate  dia-
meter, insert the bushing (21) into the piston head (4).
2 - Insert the ring (8) into the piston rod (4).
H   Check  carefully  the  direction  of   assembly  of   the
ring  (8).
3 - Insert  the  spacer  ring  (7)  and  secure  the  group  with
the snap-ring (6).
4 - Mount   the  bushing  A10  of   appropriate  diameter   on
the tip of the piston rod (4).
5 - Lightly lubricate the cylinder head gaskets (2) and sli-
de the group onto the piston rod (4).
Gaskets: ASL800050
6 - Lubricate  the  O-ring  seals  (22)  and  screw  the  piston
(5) onto the piston rod (4) by hand for several turns.
O-ring seal: ASL800050
7 - Position  the  group  on the  tool  A1 and  tighten  the  pi-
ston with the round prong wrench A7.
Piston: 95  100 kgm
30-89
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BOOM  SWING  CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZ00110
13   15 2 14
11   12 10
RKZA1600
A9
17 18 19   18 19
16
20
RKZA1590
21
3
A2
A10
RKZ00120
4 5
8
22
6
7
4. Re-assembling cylinders
1 - Mount  on  the  apparatus  A1  the  tool   A3  and  engage
the cylinder axle oscillation pins (1).
2 - Lubricate the threading and the first part of the cylin-
der (1).
Cylinder: ASL800050
3 - Mount the two halves of the tool A11 with the appro-
priate diameter at the mouth of the cylinder (1).
4 - Mount the piston rod group on the apparatus A1 and
raise the mobile part up to the  end of its stroke.
5 - Place the cylinder (1) in a vertical position.
6 - Lower   the  mobile  part   of   the  apparatus  in  order   to
center the piston (5) in the tool A11.
7 - Wind the first guide ring (19) round the piston and in-
sert part of the piston into the tool A11. Wind the se-
cond guide ring (19) and fully insert the piston.
Insert the piston slowly in order to calibrate the guide
rings (19) without overheating them.
8 - Insert the cylinder head (2) and screw it in by hand for
several turns.
9 - Use the special wrench A6 to screw the cylinder head
(4) home.
Cylinder head: 95  100 kgm
10 - Screw the brake cylinder (3) into the cylinder (1).
Brake cylinder: Loctite 270
Brake cylinder: 8   2 kgm
11 - Remove the cylinder from the equipment.
12 - Using  and  press  and  the  appropriate  tool   A3  mount
the swing bushings (9).
30-90
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BOOM  SWING  CYLINDER
WB97S-2
DISASSEMBLY  OF BACKHOE BACKFRAME LOCK CYLINDER
1 - Plug one of the two cylinder (1) ports.
2 - Connect   to  the  other   port   compressed  air   (max.   3
bar).
3 - Slowly insert pressure up to piston (2) comes out.
H   Retain  piston  and  protect   from  oil   using  gloves
and a protection.
4 - Remove gasket (3).
The gasket has be replaced.
ASSEMBLY OF BACKHOE
BACKFRAME  LOCK  CYLINDER
1 - Use the tool with the appropriate diameter, mount the
seal ring (3) onto the piston (2).
H   Make sure that the lips are turned towards the in-
side of the cylinder.
2 - Put the piston (2) onto cylinder (1).
Cylinder: ASL800050
3 - Apply   an  elastic   band  for   piston  ring  and  using  a
press insert the piston.
30-91
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  BACKFRAME LOCK  CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZ00190
1
  3
  2
REMOVAL OF THE  BOOM  SAFETY  CYLINDER
Center   the  backhoe  with  the  arm  vertical   and  the
back of the bucket on the ground.
1 - Make sure that the safety stop (1) is raised.
2 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.
3 - Disconnect   the  tube  (2)   that   feeds  the  cylinder   (3).
Plug the tube to prevent entry of impurities.
4 - Take  out  the  cotter  pins,  remove  the  pins  (4)  and  (5)
and the cylinder (3).
INSTALLATION  OF THE BOOM
SAFETY CYLINDER
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Pin seatings: ASL800050
H   Install new cotter pins.
1 - Start the engine and perform several lock and release
manoeuvres to fill up and bleed air from the unit.
30-92
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BOOM SAFETY CYLINDER
WB97S-2
RKZA0970
RKZA1310
3
1
5
4
2
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  WORKING EQUIPMENT
Fully extend the arm and open the bucket complete-
ly.   Lower   the  equipment   until   it   is   resting  on  the
ground.
1 - Stop  the  engine  and  release  the  residual   hydraulic
pressures.  (For  details,  see  20.  TESTING  AND  AD-
JUSTMENTS).
2 - Remove the boom cylinder. (For details, see REMO-
VAL OF BOOM CYLINDER).
3 - Take out the bracket (1) mounted inside the boom. Di-
sconnect the tubes (2) from the arm cylinders and the
bucket. Plug all tubes to prevent entry of impurities.
H   Mark  the  tubes  to  prevent   exchanging  positions
during  re-connection.
4 - Put  a  sling  round  the  equipment  (3)  and  apply  slight
tension to the cables.
5 - Take out the snap-rings and remove the pin (4).
6 - Remove the working equipment (3).
Standard working equipment: 850 kg
INSTALLATION OF THE BACKHOE
WORKING EQUIPMENT
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
H   Pass the tubes of the cylinders inside the brackets (5).
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-93
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE WORKING EQUIPMENT
WB97S-2
RKZA1320
2
1
RKZA1330
3
4
RKZA1340
5
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  BUCKET
Place  the  bucket   on  a  level   surface,   resting  on  its
back.
1 - Take out the safety pin (1) and remove the connecting
pin (2) between bucket (3) and tie-rods (4).
2 - Take out the safety pin (5) and remove the pin (6) that
attaches the bucket to the arm.
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE BUCKET
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
30-94
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  BUCKET
WB97S-2
RKZA1350
4
7
6
5
3
2
1
REMOVAL OF THE  ARM
1 - Remove the bucket. (For details, see REMOVAL OF
BUCKET).
2 - Remove the bucket cylinder and the lever (1). (For de-
tails, see REMOVAL OF THE BUCKET CYLINDER).
3 - Take off the lock-nut (2), and the washers, and remo-
ve the pin (3) and the lever (4).
4 - Start the engine, bring the arm into a vertical position
and lower it to the ground.
5 - Stop the engine and release residual pressures from
the cylinder.
6 - Put   a  sling  around  the  arm  cylinder  (5),   remove  the
screws (6) and remove the pin (7).
7 - Start the engine and retract the piston completely (8).
H   Secure the fully retracted position by binding  the
piston head  with wire.
8 - Rest the cylinder (5) on a block A.
9 - Stop the engine.
10 - Attach  the  arm  (9)  to  the  hoisting  tackle  and  apply  a
slight tension to the cable.
11 - Take out the screws and remove the pin (10).
12 - Remove the arm (9).
Arm: 213 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE ARM
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, do not insert fingers into the holes to check
alignment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
H   Tighten  the  locknut   completely,   then  release  it
half a turn.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
30-95
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   ARM
WB97S-2
RKZA1360
1
3
4
2
RKZA1201
8   5
RKZA1370
7
6
RKZA1380
10
A
9
REMOVAL OF COMPLETE  JIG ARM
1 - Remove the bucket. (For details, see REMOVAL OF
BUCKET).
2 - Remove the bucket cylinder and the link (1). (For de-
tails, see REMOVAL OF BUCKET CYLINDER).
3 - Take out the lock nut (2) and the washer, and remove
the pin (3) and the cylinder link (4).
4 - Disconnect  the  jig  arm  hoses  (5)  and  (6),  the  bucket
cylinder hoses (7) and (8), and the hoses of the auxi-
liary equipment (9) and (10).
H   Mark the hoses to avoid exchanging them during
INSTALLATION.
5 - Remove the clamp (11).
6 - Proceed with the removal as for the arm.
(See REMOVAL OF THE ARM).
Jig arm cylinder: 392 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
COMPLETE JIG ARM
.   To install reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  positions  between  hole  and  pin,   do
not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  on  align-
ment.
Internal bushings: ASL800050
H   Tighten  the  locknut   completely,   then  release  it
half a turn.
When aligning positions between hole and pin let the
engine turn over at low idling.
Do not insert fingers into the holes to check on align-
ment.
30-96
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   JIG  ARM
WB97S-2
RKZA1360
1
3
4
2
RKZA7970
11
5
6
7
8
9
10
REMOVAL OF 2
nd
ARM
1 - Remove the bucket (1). (For details, see REMOVAL
OF BUCKET).
2 - Remove the bucket cylinder (2) and the link (3).
(For  details,   see  REMOVAL  OF  THE  BUCKET  CY-
LINDER).
3 - Remove the 2
nd
arm cylinder.
(For  details,   see  REMOVAL  OF  THE  2
nd
ARM  CY-
LINDER).
For  safety,  tightly  plug  all   the  disconnected  ho-
ses.
4 - Take out the lock nut (4), and the washers and remo-
ve the pins (5) and the  links (6).
5 - Connect the 2
nd
arm (7) to some hoisting tackle.
H   Use the bucket pin hole and the safety pin holes.
6 - Start the engine and, maintaining constant tension on
the section of cable or chain connected to the bucket
coupling, slowly raise the boom until both sections of
cable or chain are under slight tension.
7 - Stop  the  engine  and  loosen  by  several   turns  the  gib
adjustment screws.
H   Loosen the screws on both sides.
8 - Slide out the 2
nd
arm (7).
2
nd
arm: 160 kg
INSTALLATION  OF 2
nd
ARM
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  hole  and  pin,
do not insert fingers into the holes to check on align-
ment.
Internal bushings: ASL800050
H   Tighten  the  locknut   completely,   then  release  it
half a turn.
30-97
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   2
nd
ARM
WB97S-2
RKZA7980
7
1
3
2
RKZA7990
3
4
5
6
RKZA8000
7
REMOVAL OF 2
nd
ARM  GUIDES
1 - Remove the bucket (1). (For details, see REMOVAL
OF BUCKET).
2 - Partially extend the 2
nd
arm (1).
3 - Rest the arm (2) on a trestle "A" about 80 cm (3.5 ft.)
high.
4 - Loosen and remove the screws (3), the spring wash-
ers and remove the upper guides (4).
5 - Connect the 2
nd
arm (1) to some hoisting tackle.
H   Use the bucket pin hole and the safety pin holes.
6 - Slowly  raise  the  2
nd
arm  (1)  until   it  rests  on  the  sup-
porting surfaces of the  upper guides.
7 - Loosen the nuts (5) and remove the adjustment dowel
bolts (6).
8 - Raise the lower guides (7) and slide them out.
INSTALLATION  OF
2
nd
ARM GUIDES
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Guides and 2
nd
arm guides: ASL800040
1 - Adjust the clearances, keeping the jig arm (1) aligned
with  respect  to  the  2
nd
arm  (2).  (for  details,  see  20.
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS).
30-98
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   2
nd
ARM GUIDES
WB97S-2
RKZA8010
1
2
A
RKZA8020
3
5   6
RKZA8030
1
2
RKZ02390
3
4
5
6
7
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  BOOM
1 - Remove  the  arm.   (For   details,   see  REMOVAL  OF
THE ARM).
2 - Remove  the  arm  cylinder.   (For  details,   see  REMO-
VAL OF THE ARM CYLINDER).
3 - Start the engine and rest the  boom on the ground.
4 - Remove the boom cylinder. (For details, see REMO-
VAL OF THE BOOM CYLINDER).
5 - Take out the bracket (1) and disconnect the tubes (2)
from the arm cylinders and the bucket. Plug all tubes
to prevent entry of impurities.
H   Mark  the  tubes  to  prevent   exchanging  positions
during  re-connection.
6 - Put a sling round the boom (3).
7 - Take out the snap-rings and remove the pin (4).
8 - Remove the boom (3).
Boom: 323 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE BOOM
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
H   Pass the cylinder tubes inside the brackets (5).
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-99
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE BOOM
WB97S-2
RKZA1320
2
1
RKZA1390
3
4
RKZA1340
5
REMOVAL OF THE  BACKHOE  SWING BRACKET
1 - Remove   the   working   equipment.   (For   details,   see
REMOVAL OF THE WORKING EQUIPMENT).
2 - Take out the screws (1) and remove the pins (2) that
connect the swing cylinders  (3).
3 - Disconnect the tube (4) of the boom safety cylinder (5)
and remove the retaining clip (6). Plug the tube to pre-
vent entry of impurities.
4 - Take out the four screws (7) and remove the boom sa-
fety group (8).
5 - Put a sling round the swing bracket (9).
6 - Take  out   the  screws  (10)   and  (11)   and  remove  the
swing bracket axle oscillation pins (12) and (13).
7 - Remove  the  swing  bracket  (9)  and  the  relative  shim
adjustments to given clearance.
Bracket: 133 kg
INSTALLATION  OF THE
BACKHOE SWING BRACKET
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
When  aligning  the  positions  between  the  hole  and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling speed.
Do  not   insert   fingers  into  the  holes  to  check  align-
ment.
Internal bushing: ASL800050
Safety group screws: 27w3 kgm
H   Insert the shims.
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-100
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  SWING  BRACKET
WB97S-2
RKZA7760
2
1
3
RKZA1400
4
7
6
8
5
RKZA1410
9
11
13
12
10
RKZA1420
9
REMOVAL OF BACKHOE  BACKFRAME
1 - Remove  the  equipment.   (For  detail   see  REMOVAL
OF BACKHOE WORKING EQUIPMENT).
2 - Remove the swing cylinders. (For detail see REMO-
VAL OF SWING CYLINDER).
3 - Remove  the  swing  bracket.   (For   detail   see  REMO-
VAL OF SWING BRACKET).
4 - Disconnect   from  union  (1)   the  feeding  pipes  (2)   of
backhoe  backframe  and  plug  them  to  avoid  impurity
entry.
5 - Loose   nuts   (4)   and   remove   washers   (5)   and   four
screw (6).
Loose  partially  lateral   nuts  (4)   to  remove  backframe
(3) from frame (8).
6 - Put  a  sling  round  the  backframe  (3)  and  apply  slight
tension to the cables.
7 - Remove external nuts (4), washers (5) and screws (6).
8 - Remove the sliding piece (7) and then lower the back-
frame and remove it.
Backframe: 237 kg
INSTALLATION  OF
BACKHOE BACKFRAME
.   To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Nut: Loctite 262
Nut: 100w10 kgm
1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders.
(For   details,   see   20.   TESTING   AND   ADJUST-
MENTS).
H   After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-101
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION   BACKHOE  BACKFRAME
WB97S-2
RKZA1430
6 5
2
1
RKZA1440
4   5 7
3
8
RKZA1660
3
30-102
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
WB97S-2
40-1
WB97S-2
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Rear axle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2-Spool control valve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3-Spool control valve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6-Spool control valve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7-Spool control valve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
8-Spool control valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Brake pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Shovel cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Backhoe cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front working equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Swing bracket  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Backhoe working equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
40-2
  WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TRANSMISSION
40-3
WB97S-2
RKZ04251
A
A
H
H
F
F
G
G
C
C
E
E
B
B
D
D
L
. . . . . . . Nm
23w1 Nm
40-4
  WB97S-2
RKZ04271
Sezione A - A
50w2.5 Nm
50w2.5 Nm
50w2.5 Nm
Loctite 510
139w7 Nm
50w2.5 Nm
Loctite 510
Loctite 510
139w7 Nm
23w1 Nm
23w1 Nm
Section AA
40-5
WB97S-2
RZ03110
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
Sezione E - E
50w2.5 Nm   25w1 Nm
23w1 Nm
25w1 Nm
25w1 Nm
80w4 Nm
Section BB
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
RZ03120
Particolare L
Sezione H - H
Sezione F - F
Sezione G - G
80w4 Nm
23w1 Nm
26  30 Nm
50w2.5 Nm
26  30 Nm
40w2 Nm
25w1 Nm
Section FF
Section GG
Section HH
Detail L
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Axle  clearance
Standard clearance   Clearance limit
Adjust
   
2
  Backlash of crown wheel
and  pinion
  0.20 0.30   
3
  Pinion  preload "P"
(without  seal ring)
  92 137 N
4
  Pinion-crown  wheel preload
(without  seal ring)
  (P+34)  (P+51) N
FRONT AXLE
Differential
40-6
  WB97S-2
RKZ04261
1
2
3
4
155 Nm
with Loctite 270
13 Nm
413 Nm
Loctite 510
169 Nm
60 Nm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Hub rotation torque      Adjust
2   Drive shaft axle clearance      Replace
Planetary  - Joint
40-7
WB97S-2
RKZ04301
1
2
79 Nm
300 Nm
8 Nm
8 Nm
25 Nm
  200 Nm
70 Nm
with Loctite 270
60 Nm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
  Clearance  between
bushing  and pin
Standard
size
Tolerance
  Standard
clearan-
ce
Clearance
limit
  Replace   bus-
hing
Shaft   Hole
            
Steering  cylinder
40-8
  WB97S-2
RKZ04381
A
1
A
A
B
B
Sezione A - A Particolare  A
2145
 +
-
0
2
Sezione B - B
x
y
250 Nm
300 Nm
  460 Nm
Y=  50 mm (standard wheel)
56 mm (optional wheel)
X=  62 mm (standard wheel)
56 mm (optional wheel)
800 Nm
260 Nm
200 Nm
150 Nm
Section AA   Section BB
  Detail A
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Axle  clearance
Standard clearance   Clearance limit
Adjust
   
2
  Backlash of crown wheel
and  pinion
  0.20 0.30   
3
  Pinion  preload "P"
(without  seal ring)
  92 138 N
4
  Pinion-crown  wheel preload
(without  seal ring)
  (P+25.9)  (P+38.8) N
REAR AXLE
Differential
40-9
WB97S-2
RKZ04401
Sezione Z - Z
1
Z
Z
2
3
4
155 Nm
with Loctite 270
220 Nm
with Loctite 270
320 Nm
23 Nm
with Loctite 542
80 Nm
60 Nm
190 Nm   120 Nm
Section ZZ
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Hub rotation torque      Adjust
2   Drive shaft axle clearance   
Planetary  - Joint
40-10
  WB97S-2
RKZ04411
1
2
79 Nm
70 Nm
with Loctite 270
3 Nm
23 Nm
60 Nm
25 Nm
230 Nm
8 Nm
300 Nm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Brake disc return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Replace if
damaged or
deformed
Free
installed
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
            
2   Disc  thickness
Standard thickness   Min. thickness
Replace
4.83w0.13   
Brakes
40-11
WB97S-2
RKZ04421
Particolare  A
300mm (Min.)
310mm (Max.)
50 N
1
2
A
10 Nm
35 Nm
25 Nm
with Loctite 270
190 Nm
Detail A
Steering  cylinder
40-12
  WB97S-2
RKZ04441
A
A
A
Sezione A - A
Particolare  A
x
y
2145
 +
-
0
2
250 Nm
300 Nm
Y=  50 mm (standard wheel)
56 mm (optional wheel)
X=  62 mm (standard wheel)
56 mm (optional wheel)
800 Nm
260 Nm
150 Nm
with Loctite 270
Section AA   Detail A
40-13
WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Ball-bearing  loading   0 0.05   Adjust
2
  Backlash between piston
and  cylinder
Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Shaft   Hole
3
  Backlash between piston
and  shoe
4   Drive shaft diameter
Standard value   Max. value
5   Spring
Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Shaft   Hole
HYDRAULIC PUMP
40-14
  WB97S-2
A
Particolare A
4
5
1
3
2
RKZ01290
Detail A
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2
  Power regulation  spring
(external)
3
  Power regulation  spring
(internal)
4   PC valve spring (external)
5   PC valve spring (internal)
6   LS valve spring (external)
7   LS valve spring (internal)
40-15
WB97S-2
RKZ00641
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
1
  2   3
7 6
5 4
Section CC
Section DD
. . . . . . . . . Nm   . . . . . . . . . Nm   . . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
  . . . . . . . . . Nm   . . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm . . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Check valve spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Priority  valve spring
2-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
40-16
  WB97S-2
A
A
C
C
D
D
B
B
RKZ01081
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
2
1
. . . . . . . . . Nm
  . . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
25 Nm   20 Nm
20 Nm
with Loctite 542
8 Nm
with Loctite 542
25 Nm
with Loctite 542
25 Nm
Section AA
Section BB
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Check valve spring
40-17
WB97S-2
RKZ00661
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
E
E
Sezione E - E
E
E
1
2
2
1
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
30w3 Nm
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Check valve spring
3-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
40-18
  WB97S-2
A
A
B
C
C
D
D
B
E
E
RKZ01071
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
2
1
. . . . . . . . . Nm
  . . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
25 Nm
20 Nm
  20 Nm
with Loctite 542
8 Nm
with Loctite 542
25 Nm
with Loctite 542
100 Nm
Section AA
Section BB
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Spool  locking spring
3   Spool  return spring
4   Check valve spring
40-19
WB97S-2
4
4
F
RKZ01300
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
F
F
Sezione F - F
F
3
1
2
Sezione E - E
F
F
Section CC
70w7 Nm   10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
. . . . . . .Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
30w3 Nm
Section DD
Section EE
Section FF
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Spool  locking spring
3   Spool  return spring
4   Check valve spring
3-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
With Return to Dig
40-20
  WB97S-2
B
B
A
A
C
C
D
D
E
E
RKZ01091
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
2
1
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
20 Nm
with Loctite 542
100 Nm
8 Nm
with Loctite 542
20 Nm 25 Nm
Section AA
Section BB
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Spool  locking spring
3   Spool  return spring
4   Spool  return spring
5   Check valve spring
40-21
WB97S-2
F
F
RKZ00941
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
Sezione F - F
Sezione E - E
F
F
F
1
2
3
F
4
4
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Section FF
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
  70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
30w3 Nm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
6-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
40-22
  WB97S-2
RKZ00231
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
1
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
D
D
B
B
E
E
H
G
G
H
G
G
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
45 Nm 70 Nm
20 Nm
con Loctite 542
70 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
Section AA
Section BB
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
2   Check valve spring
40-23
WB97S-2
RKZ01310
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
Sezione E - E
Sezione F - F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
1
2
2
1
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
  10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
30w3 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Section FF
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Unloading  valve spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
40-24
  WB97S-2
RKZ00791
Sezione G - G
Sezione H - H
1
10 Nm
25 Nm
20 Nm 20 Nm
Section GG
Section HH
For jig arm
For side digging boom
For hammer
7-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
40-25
WB97S-2
RKZ00241
A
A
RKZ00251
B
B
RKZ00261
C
C
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
40-26
  WB97S-2
RKZ00961
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione A - A
1
1
1
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
  10w1 Nm
Section AA
  Section BB
Section CC
For hammer and jig arm
For side digging boom and jig arm
8-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE
40-27
WB97S-2
RKZ00271
a
d
b
C
C
A
A
RKZ00281
e
f
b
c
B
B
A
A
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Spool  return spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Free
installed
x e
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Installed
load
40-28
  WB97S-2
RKZ00961
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione A - A
1
1
1
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
10w1 Nm
70w7 Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
. . . . . . . . . Nm
70w7 Nm
  10w1 Nm
Section AA   Section BB
Section CC
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1   Ball valve spring
Standard size   Repair limit
Replace if
damaged or
deformed
Free
installed
Installed
length
Installed
load
Free
installed
Tolerance
load
w8 N
2   Spring
3   Pump spring
4   Spring
BRAKE PUMP
40-29
WB97S-2
RKZ00931
4
1   2
  3
DUMP  CYLINDER
RAISE  CYLINDER
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
Tolerance between
piston  rod and
cylinder  head
Cylinder
  Standard
size
Tolerance
Minimum
clearance
Clearance
limit
Shaft   Hole
Raise   50
   0.025
 0.050
+ 0.064
+ 0.025
  0.05   0.114
Dump   50
   0.025
 0.050
+ 0.064
+ 0.025
  0.05   0.114
2
Tolerance between
bushing  and piston
rod mounting pin
Raise   45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Dump   45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
3
Tolerance
between bushing
and  cylinder
mounting pin
Raise   50
   0.038
 0.083
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.118   0.323
Dump   50
   0.038
 0.083
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.118   0.323
SHOVEL CYLINDER
40-30
  WB97S-2
RKZ00780
3
  1
  2
290w29 kgm   95 kgm
RKZ00770
3
  1
  2
290w29 kgm   98 kgm
40-31
WB97S-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
BOOM
ARM
BUCKET
BACKHOE CYLINDER
40-32
  WB97S-2
RKZ00750
2
  1
  3
95  100 kgm
RKZ00740
2
  1
  3
95  100 kgm   290w29 kgm
RKZ00730
2
  1
  3
95  100 kgm
  290w29 kgm
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
Clearance  between
piston  head and
cylinder  head
Cylinder
  Standard
size
Tolerance
Minimum
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
Shaft   Hole
Boom   60
   0.030
 0.060
+ 0.076
+ 0.030
  0.06   0.136
Arm   60
   0.030
 0.060
+ 0.076
+ 0.030
  0.06   0.136
Bucket   60
   0.030
 0.060
+ 0.076
+ 0.030
  0.06   0.136
Boom swing   50
   0.025
 0.050
+ 0.064
+ 0.025
  0.05   0.114
2
Tolerance between
bushing  and piston
head mounting pin
Boom   50
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Replace
pin and
spring
Arm   45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Bucket   50
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Boom swing   50
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.119
+ 0.080
  0.13   0.208
3
Tolerance
between bushing
and  cylinder
mounting pin
Boom   50
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Arm   45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
Bucket   45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.24
+ 0.08
  0.13   0.329
BOOM SWING
40-33
WB97S-2
RKZ00363
2
1
95  100 kgm
35  100 kgm
8  10 kgm
with Loctite 270
OUTRIGGERS
JIG ARM
SIDE DIGGING BOOM
40-34
  WB97S-2
RKZ00710
1
155w15 kgm
95  100 kgm
1
RKZ04581
95  100 kgm
95  100 kgm
RKZ00680
3   4
2
95  100 kgm   80 kgm
ARM (for side digging boom)
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
Clearance  between
piston  rod and
cylinder  head
Cylinder
  Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
Shaft   Hole
Outriggers   40
   0.025
 0.050
+ 0.064
+ 0.025
  0.050   0.114
Arm for side
digging  boom
  60
   0.030
 0.060
+ 0.076
+ 0.030
  0.060   0.136
Jig arm   40            
2
Clearance  between
piston  rod and
bushing
Side digging
boom
  45
   0.009
 0.025
+ 0.380
+ 0.040
  0.049   0.405
3
Tolerance between
bushing  and piston
rod mounting pin
Side digging
boom
  40
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.119
+ 0.080
  0.130   0.208
Arm for side
digging  boom
  45
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.119
+ 0.080
  0.130   0.208
4
Tolerance
between bushing
and  cylinder
mounting pin
Side digging
boom
  40
   0.050
 0.089
+ 0.119
+ 0.080
  0.130   0.208
5
Clearance between
bearing and bearing
seat
Arm for side
digging  boom
  75
  0
 0.013
0
 0.035
     0.013
40-35
WB97S-2
RKZ00671
3   5
1
95  100 kgm
  155w16 kgm
FRONT WORKING EQUIPMENT
40-36
  WB97S-2
RKZ04390
Sezione A - A
4
  5
1
  3
2
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
Sezione E - E
A
A
B
B
D
D
C
C
E
E
Section AA   Section BB
Section CC
Section DD
Section EE
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
  Clearance between bushing
and  bucket mounting pin
Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
Shaft   Hole
45
  0.050
0.089
+0.080
+0.240
  0.130  0.329
2
  Clearance between bushing
and  link mounting pin
  45
  0.050
0.089
+0.080
+0.240
  0.130  0.329
3
  Clearance between bushing
and  tilt lever mounting pin
  45
  0.050
0.089
+0.080
+0.119
  0.130  0.208
4
  Clearance   between   bushing
and link mounting pin
  45
  0.050
0.089
+0.080
+0.119
  0.130  0.208
5
  Clearance   between   bushing
and boom mounting pin
  50
  0.038
0.093
+0.080
+0.240
  0.118  0.323
40-37
WB97S-2
SWING BRACKET
40-38
  WB97S-2
RKZ02720
5
B
B
A
C
A C
Sezione A - A
1
1
Sezione B - B
2
Sezione C - C
6
3
4
Section AA
Section BB
Section CC
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
Clearance between rotating
bushing  and boom swing
cylinder  bushing
Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
bushing
and  pin
Shaft   Hole
55
   0.060
 0.106
+ 0.090
+ 0.060
  0.120  0.196
2
Clearance between bushing
and  (lower) swing bracket
rotating pin
65
   0.060
 0.106
+ 0.190
+ 0.264
  0.250  0.370
3
Clearance between bushing
and  (upper) swing bracket
rotating pin
65
   0.060
 0.106
+ 0.190
+ 0.264
  0.250  0.370
4
  Clearance between bushing
and  mounting pin
Standard size   Limit size
4.75   0.1   
5   Central shim thickness   4.75   0.1   
6   Lower shim thickness   4.75   0.1   
40-39
WB97S-2
BACKHOE WORKING EQUIPMENT
40-40
  WB97S-2
RKZ02900
D
D
C
C
B
B
A
A
2
1
3
4
5
  6   6
Sezione A - A
Sezione B - B
Sezione C - C
Sezione D - D
Section AA
Section BB
Section CC
  Section DD
Unit: mm
N   Check item   Criteria   Remedy
1
Clearance  between link
bushings and bucket
mounting pin
Standard
size
Tolerance
Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
spring and
pin
Shaft   Hole
40
   0.050
 0.089
 0.080
 0.240
  0.130  0.329   
2
Clearance  between arm
bushings and bucket
mounting pin
40
   0.050
 0.089
 0.080
 0.240
  0.130  0.329   
3
Clearance  between arm
bushings and lever
mounting pin
45
   0.050
 0.089
 0.080
 0.240
  0.130  0.329   
4
  Clearance between bushings
and tilt lever mounting  pin
  45
   0.050
 0.089
 0.080
 0.240
  0.130  0.329   
5
  Clearance between bushings
and arm mounting pin
  50
   0.050
 0.089
 0.080
 0.119
  0.130  0.208   
6
Clearance  between
bushings and boom
mounting pin
50
   0.038
 0.083
 0.080
 0.119
  0.118  0.202   
40-41
WB97S-2
40-42
  WB97S-2